Documentation: fix typo
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008-2010 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009-2010 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developer Resources
64 * Debug Adapter Hardware:: Debug Adapter Hardware
65 * About JIM-Tcl:: About JIM-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Debug Adapter Configuration:: Debug Adapter Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
76 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
77 * General Commands:: General Commands
78 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
79 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
80 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
81 * TFTP:: TFTP
82 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
83 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
84 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
85 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
86 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
87
88 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
89 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
90 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
91 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
92 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
93 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
94 @end menu
95
96 @node About
97 @unnumbered About
98 @cindex about
99
100 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
101 University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
102 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
103 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
104 around the world.
105
106 @section What is OpenOCD?
107 @cindex TAP
108 @cindex JTAG
109
110 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
111 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
112 devices.
113
114 It does so with the assistance of a @dfn{debug adapter}, which is
115 a small hardware module which helps provide the right kind of
116 electrical signaling to the target being debugged. These are
117 required since the debug host (on which OpenOCD runs) won't
118 usually have native support for such signaling, or the connector
119 needed to hook up to the target.
120
121 Such debug adapters support one or more @dfn{transport} protocols,
122 each of which involves different electrical signaling (and uses
123 different messaging protocols on top of that signaling). There
124 are many types of debug adapter, and little uniformity in what
125 they are called. (There are also product naming differences.)
126
127 These adapters are sometimes packaged as discrete dongles, which
128 may generically be called @dfn{hardware interface dongles}.
129 Some development boards also integrate them directly, which may
130 let the development board can be directly connected to the debug
131 host over USB (and sometimes also to power it over USB).
132
133 For example, a @dfn{JTAG Adapter} supports JTAG
134 signaling, and is used to communicate
135 with JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
136 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
137 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
138 between chips and boards. JTAG supports debugging and boundary
139 scan operations.
140
141 There are also @dfn{SWD Adapters} that support Serial Wire Debug (SWD)
142 signaling to communicate with some newer ARM cores, as well as debug
143 adapters which support both JTAG and SWD transports. SWD only supports
144 debugging, whereas JTAG also supports boundary scan operations.
145
146 For some chips, there are also @dfn{Programming Adapters} supporting
147 special transports used only to write code to flash memory, without
148 support for on-chip debugging or boundary scan.
149 (At this writing, OpenOCD does not support such non-debug adapters.)
150
151
152 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles: USB
153 based, parallel port based, and other standalone boxes that run
154 OpenOCD internally. @xref{Debug Adapter Hardware}.
155
156 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
157 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
158 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3 and ST STM32) based cores to be
159 debugged via the GDB protocol.
160
161 @b{Flash Programing:} Flash writing is supported for external CFI
162 compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
163 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC2000, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U, STR7x, STR9x, LM3, and
164 STM32x). Preliminary support for various NAND flash controllers
165 (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) controller is included.
166
167 @section OpenOCD Web Site
168
169 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
170
171 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/web/}
172
173 @section Latest User's Guide:
174
175 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
176 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
177 Its HTML form is published irregularly at:
178
179 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/html/index.html}
180
181 PDF form is likewise published at:
182
183 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
184
185 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
186
187 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun,
188 which might be helpful to you. Note that if you want
189 anything to come to the attention of developers, you
190 should post it to the OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
191 instead of this forum.
192
193 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
194
195
196 @node Developers
197 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
198 @cindex developers
199
200 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
201 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
202 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
203 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
204
205 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
206 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
207
208 @section OpenOCD GIT Repository
209
210 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
211 a GIT repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
212
213 @uref{git://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/openocd/openocd}
214
215 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
216
217 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
218
219 With standard GIT tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
220 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
221 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
222 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
223 needing a GIT client:
224
225 @uref{http://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/git/gitweb.cgi?p=openocd/openocd}
226
227 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
228
229 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
230 from the repository or a snapshot.
231
232 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
233 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
234 Patches created against older versions may require additional
235 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
236
237 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
238
239 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
240 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
241 technical information about the software internals, development
242 processes, and similar documentation:
243
244 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/index.html}
245
246 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
247 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
248 listed in the Doxyfile configuration in the top of the source tree.
249
250 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
251
252 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
253 communication between developers:
254
255 @uref{https://lists.berlios.de/mailman/listinfo/openocd-development}
256
257 Discuss and submit patches to this list.
258 The @file{PATCHES.txt} file contains basic information about how
259 to prepare patches.
260
261 @section OpenOCD Bug Database
262
263 During the 0.4.x release cycle the OpenOCD project team began
264 using Trac for its bug database:
265
266 @uref{https://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/openocd}
267
268
269 @node Debug Adapter Hardware
270 @chapter Debug Adapter Hardware
271 @cindex dongles
272 @cindex FTDI
273 @cindex wiggler
274 @cindex zy1000
275 @cindex printer port
276 @cindex USB Adapter
277 @cindex RTCK
278
279 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugins into a computer and serves as
280 an adapter .... [snip]
281
282 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapter} that
283 attaches to your computer via USB or the Parallel Printer Port. One
284 exception is the Zylin ZY1000, packaged as a small box you attach via
285 an ethernet cable. The Zylin ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
286 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
287 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
288 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
289
290
291 @section Choosing a Dongle
292
293 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
294
295 @enumerate
296 @item @b{Transport} Does it support the kind of communication that you need?
297 OpenOCD focusses mostly on JTAG. Your version may also support
298 other ways to communicate with target devices.
299 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
300 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
301 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
302 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
303 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
304 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, printer, or
305 Ethernet port needed?
306 @item @b{RTCK} Do you expect to use it with ARM chips and boards with
307 RTCK support? Also known as ``adaptive clocking''
308 @end enumerate
309
310 @section Stand alone Systems
311
312 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.zylin.com/zy1000.html} Technically, not a
313 dongle, but a standalone box. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does
314 not require any drivers installed on the developer PC. It also has
315 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
316 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
317
318 @section USB FT2232 Based
319
320 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them are based
321 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
322 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
323 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
324 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
325 chips are starting to become available in JTAG adapters. (Adapters
326 using those high speed FT2232H chips may support adaptive clocking.)
327
328 The FT2232 chips are flexible enough to support some other
329 transport options, such as SWD or the SPI variants used to
330 program some chips. They have two communications channels,
331 and one can be used for a UART adapter at the same time the
332 other one is used to provide a debug adapter.
333
334 Also, some development boards integrate an FT2232 chip to serve as
335 a built-in low cost debug adapter and usb-to-serial solution.
336
337 @itemize @bullet
338 @item @b{usbjtag}
339 @* Link @url{http://www.hs-augsburg.de/~hhoegl/proj/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
340 @item @b{jtagkey}
341 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
342 @item @b{jtagkey2}
343 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
344 @item @b{oocdlink}
345 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
346 @item @b{signalyzer}
347 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
348 @item @b{Stellaris Eval Boards}
349 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - The Stellaris eval boards
350 bundle FT2232-based JTAG and SWD support, which can be used to debug
351 the Stellaris chips. Using separate JTAG adapters is optional.
352 These boards can also be used in a "pass through" mode as JTAG adapters
353 to other target boards, disabling the Stellaris chip.
354 @item @b{Luminary ICDI}
355 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - Luminary In-Circuit Debug
356 Interface (ICDI) Boards are included in Stellaris LM3S9B9x
357 Evaluation Kits. Like the non-detachable FT2232 support on the other
358 Stellaris eval boards, they can be used to debug other target boards.
359 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
360 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
361 @item @b{flyswatter}
362 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
363 @item @b{turtelizer2}
364 @* See:
365 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
366 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
367 @item @b{comstick}
368 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
369 @item @b{stm32stick}
370 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
371 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
372 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com}
373 @item @b{cortino}
374 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
375 @end itemize
376
377 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
378
379 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
380 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
381 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
382 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
383 or emulate this protocol using some other hardware.
384
385 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
386 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
387 (see the section on driver commands).
388
389 @itemize
390 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
391 @* Link: @url{http://www.ixo.de/info/usb_jtag/}
392 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
393 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
394 @end itemize
395
396 @section USB JLINK based
397 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
398 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
399 AT91SAM764 internally.
400
401 @itemize @bullet
402 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
403 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
404 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
405 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
406 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
407 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/website1/1.0.1.0/369/1/index.php}
408 @end itemize
409
410 @section USB RLINK based
411 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer, permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
412
413 @itemize @bullet
414 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
415 @* Link: @url{http://www.raisonance.com/products/RLink.php}
416 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
417 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
418 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
419 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
420 @end itemize
421
422 @section USB Other
423 @itemize @bullet
424 @item @b{USBprog}
425 @* Link: @url{http://www.embedded-projects.net/usbprog} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
426
427 @item @b{USB - Presto}
428 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
429
430 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
431 @* Link: @url{http://www.simonqian.com/en/Versaloon}
432
433 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
434 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
435
436 @item @b{Buspirate}
437 @* Link: @url{http://dangerousprototypes.com/bus-pirate-manual/}
438 @end itemize
439
440 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
441
442 The two well known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilnx DLC5
443 and the MacGraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
444 these on the market.
445
446 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
447 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
448 of USB-based ones.
449
450 @itemize @bullet
451
452 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
453 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
454
455 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
456 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
457 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
458
459 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
460 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
461
462 @item @b{GW16402}
463 @* Link: @url{http://www.gateworks.com/products/avila_accessories/gw16042.php}
464
465 @item @b{Wiggler2}
466 @*@uref{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/@/~michaels/@/index.php/hardware/@/armjtag,
467 Improved parallel-port wiggler-style JTAG adapter}
468
469 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
470 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
471
472 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
473 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
474
475 @item @b{arm-jtag}
476 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
477
478 @item @b{chameleon}
479 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
480
481 @item @b{Triton}
482 @* Unknown.
483
484 @item @b{Lattice}
485 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
486 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
487
488 @item @b{flashlink}
489 @* From ST Microsystems;
490 @uref{http://www.st.com/stonline/@/products/literature/um/7889.pdf,
491 FlashLINK JTAG programing cable for PSD and uPSD}
492
493 @end itemize
494
495 @section Other...
496 @itemize @bullet
497
498 @item @b{ep93xx}
499 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
500
501 @item @b{at91rm9200}
502 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
503
504 @end itemize
505
506 @node About JIM-Tcl
507 @chapter About JIM-Tcl
508 @cindex JIM Tcl
509 @cindex tcl
510
511 OpenOCD includes a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as JIM-Tcl.
512 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
513 command interpreter.
514
515 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to JIM-Tcl.
516 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
517 much of anything about Tcl.
518 Alternatively, can write Tcl programs with them.
519
520 You can learn more about JIM at its website, @url{http://jim.berlios.de}.
521
522 @itemize @bullet
523 @item @b{JIM vs. Tcl}
524 @* JIM-TCL is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
525 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. JIM-Tcl has far
526 fewer features. JIM-Tcl is a single .C file and a single .H file and
527 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
528 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
529
530 @item @b{Missing Features}
531 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
532 needed. We welcome JIM Tcl improvements, not bloat.
533
534 @item @b{Scripts}
535 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are JIM Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
536 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
537 JIM-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpreter.
538
539 @item @b{Commands}
540 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB monitor command) one
541 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
542 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
543 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
544
545 @item @b{Historical Note}
546 @* JIM-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008.
547
548 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
549 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
550 @end itemize
551
552 @node Running
553 @chapter Running
554 @cindex command line options
555 @cindex logfile
556 @cindex directory search
557
558 Properly installing OpenOCD sets up your operating system to grant it access
559 to the debug adapters. On Linux, this usually involves installing a file
560 in @file{/etc/udev/rules.d,} so OpenOCD has permissions. MS-Windows needs
561 complex and confusing driver configuration for every peripheral. Such issues
562 are unique to each operating system, and are not detailed in this User's Guide.
563
564 Then later you will invoke the OpenOCD server, with various options to
565 tell it how each debug session should work.
566 The @option{--help} option shows:
567 @verbatim
568 bash$ openocd --help
569
570 --help | -h display this help
571 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
572 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
573 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
574 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
575 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
576 --command | -c run <command>
577 @end verbatim
578
579 If you don't give any @option{-f} or @option{-c} options,
580 OpenOCD tries to read the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
581 To specify one or more different
582 configuration files, use @option{-f} options. For example:
583
584 @example
585 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
586 @end example
587
588 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
589 @enumerate
590 @item the current directory,
591 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
592 @item any search dir specified using the @command{add_script_search_dir} command,
593 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
594 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
595 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
596 @end enumerate
597 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
598
599 @quotation Note
600 Don't try to use configuration script names or paths which
601 include the "#" character. That character begins Tcl comments.
602 @end quotation
603
604 @section Simple setup, no customization
605
606 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
607 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
608 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
609 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
610 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
611
612 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
613 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
614 the server like:
615
616 @example
617 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
618 @end example
619
620 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
621 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
622 If all goes well you'll see output something like
623
624 @example
625 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
626 For bug reports, read
627 http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
628 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
629 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
630 @end example
631
632 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
633 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
634 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
635
636 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
637
638 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
639 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
640 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
641 @xref{Configuration Stage}.
642 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
643 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
644 ensure that this always succeeds.
645 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
646 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
647 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
648 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
649
650 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
651 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
652 those channels.
653
654 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
655 the @option{-d} option.
656
657 Also it is possible to interleave JIM-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
658 @option{-c} command line switch.
659
660 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
661 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
662 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
663 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
664 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
665 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level
666 <n>} (@pxref{debug_level}).
667
668 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
669 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
670
671 For details on the @option{-p} option. @xref{Connecting to GDB}.
672
673 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
674 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
675 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
676 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
677
678 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
679 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
680
681 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
682 just connecting the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
683 and then starting the OpenOCD server.
684 You also need to configure that server so that it knows
685 about that adapter and board, and helps your work.
686 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
687 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
688
689 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
690
691 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
692 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
693 and a USB cable on the other.
694 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
695 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
696
697 @enumerate
698 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
699 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
700 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
701 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
702 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
703 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
704 debugging host.
705
706 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
707 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
708 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
709 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
710 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
711
712 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
713 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
714 with 1.2 Volt boards.
715
716 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
717 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
718 ways to connect the cable.
719 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
720 Be sure it's firmly connected.
721
722 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
723 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
724 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
725 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
726 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
727 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
728 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
729 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
730
731 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
732 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
733 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
734 but are tedious to set up.
735 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
736 adapter signals to the right board pins.
737
738 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
739 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
740 you are using to run OpenOCD.
741 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
742
743 For USB based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
744 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If that host is an
745 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
746
747 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
748 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
749 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
750
751 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
752 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
753 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
754 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
755
756 @end enumerate
757
758 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
759 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
760 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
761
762 @section Project Directory
763
764 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
765
766 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
767 single directory for your work with a given board.
768 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
769 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
770 files accessed through semihosting,
771 and for code you upload to the target board.
772 It is also the natural place to write files,
773 such as log files and data you download from the board.
774
775 @section Configuration Basics
776
777 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
778 a variety of ways you can mix them.
779 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
780
781 @itemize
782 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
783 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
784 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
785 @end itemize
786
787 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
788 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
789 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
790
791 @example
792 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
793
794 # GDB can also flash my flash!
795 gdb_memory_map enable
796 gdb_flash_program enable
797
798 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
799 @end example
800
801 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
802
803 @example
804 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
805 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
806 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
807 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
808 @end example
809
810 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
811 each supporting a different development task.
812 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
813 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
814
815 @quotation Important
816 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
817 problems with how it treats variables.
818 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
819 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
820 that can be tested in a later script.
821 @end quotation
822
823 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
824 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
825 to simplify your work.
826
827 @section User Config Files
828 @cindex config file, user
829 @cindex user config file
830 @cindex config file, overview
831
832 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
833 in one place.
834 One of the following will match your situation best:
835
836 @itemize
837 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
838 provided by someone else.
839 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
840 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
841 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
842 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
843 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
844 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
845
846 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
847 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
848
849 @enumerate
850 @item @b{interface} -- one for each different debug adapter;
851 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
852 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
853 @end enumerate
854
855 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
856 The first is an interface config file.
857 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
858 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
859 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
860 meet your deadline:
861
862 @example
863 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
864 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
865 @end example
866
867 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
868 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
869 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
870 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
871
872 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
873 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
874 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
875 Once you find the JTAG TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
876 target and board
877 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
878 @xref{Autoprobing}.
879
880 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
881 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
882 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
883 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
884
885 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
886 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
887 giving access to your particular flash chips.
888 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
889 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
890
891 @quotation Note
892 When you write new configuration files, please submit
893 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
894 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
895 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
896 will help support users of any board using that chip.
897 @end quotation
898
899 @item
900 You may may need to write some C code.
901 It may be as simple as a supporting a new ft2232 or parport
902 based adapter; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
903 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
904 a new chip architecture.
905 @end itemize
906
907 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
908 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
909 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
910
911 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
912 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
913 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
914 @itemize
915
916 @item
917 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
918 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
919 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
920 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
921
922 @item
923 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
924 @cindex vector_catch
925 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
926 and @command{cortex_m3 vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
927 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
928 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
929 along with messaging and tracing setup.
930 (@xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
931
932 @item
933 You might need to override some defaults.
934 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
935 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
936
937 @item
938 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
939 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
940 a user config file. @xref{TCP/IP Ports}.
941 @end itemize
942
943 @section Project-Specific Utilities
944
945 A few project-specific utility
946 routines may well speed up your work.
947 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
948
949 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
950 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
951 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
952 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
953 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
954 may help:
955
956 @example
957 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
958 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
959 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
960 # Leave the CPU halted.
961 reset init
962
963 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
964 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
965
966 # Start running.
967 resume 0x20000000
968 @}
969 @end example
970
971 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
972 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
973 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
974 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
975 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
976
977 @example
978 proc newboot @{ @} @{
979 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
980 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
981 # "reset halt" would be slower.
982 reset init
983
984 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
985 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
986 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
987 flash protect 0 0 1 off
988 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
989 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
990 flash protect 0 0 1 on
991
992 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
993 reset run
994 @}
995 @end example
996
997 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
998 from NAND.
999 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
1000 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
1001 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
1002
1003 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
1004 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
1005
1006 @section Target Software Changes
1007
1008 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
1009 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
1010 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
1011 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
1012 handling issues like:
1013
1014 @itemize @bullet
1015
1016 @item @b{Watchdog Timers}...
1017 Watchog timers are typically used to automatically reset systems if
1018 some application task doesn't periodically reset the timer. (The
1019 assumption is that the system has locked up if the task can't run.)
1020 When a JTAG debugger halts the system, that task won't be able to run
1021 and reset the timer ... potentially causing resets in the middle of
1022 your debug sessions.
1023
1024 It's rarely a good idea to disable such watchdogs, since their usage
1025 needs to be debugged just like all other parts of your firmware.
1026 That might however be your only option.
1027
1028 Look instead for chip-specific ways to stop the watchdog from counting
1029 while the system is in a debug halt state. It may be simplest to set
1030 that non-counting mode in your debugger startup scripts. You may however
1031 need a different approach when, for example, a motor could be physically
1032 damaged by firmware remaining inactive in a debug halt state. That might
1033 involve a type of firmware mode where that "non-counting" mode is disabled
1034 at the beginning then re-enabled at the end; a watchdog reset might fire
1035 and complicate the debug session, but hardware (or people) would be
1036 protected.@footnote{Note that many systems support a "monitor mode" debug
1037 that is a somewhat cleaner way to address such issues. You can think of
1038 it as only halting part of the system, maybe just one task,
1039 instead of the whole thing.
1040 At this writing, January 2010, OpenOCD based debugging does not support
1041 monitor mode debug, only "halt mode" debug.}
1042
1043 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
1044 @cindex ARM semihosting
1045 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
1046 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
1047 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
1048 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
1049 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
1050 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
1051 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
1052 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
1053 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
1054 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
1055 NAND or SPI flash.
1056
1057 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
1058 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
1059 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
1060 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
1061 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
1062
1063 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
1064 or otherwise prevent using that state,
1065 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.@footnote{As a more
1066 polite alternative, some processors have special debug-oriented
1067 registers which can be used to change various features including
1068 how the low power states are clocked while debugging.
1069 The STM32 DBGMCU_CR register is an example; at the cost of extra
1070 power consumption, JTAG can be used during low power states.}
1071 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
1072 work for an idle processor otherwise.
1073
1074 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
1075 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
1076 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
1077 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
1078 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
1079
1080 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
1081 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
1082 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
1083 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
1084 early code execution can be debugged
1085 or firmware can be replaced.
1086
1087 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
1088 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
1089 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
1090 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
1091 operations like writing to memory.)
1092
1093 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
1094 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
1095 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
1096 various kinds of message.
1097 @xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
1098
1099 @end itemize
1100
1101 @section Target Hardware Setup
1102
1103 Chip vendors often provide software development boards which
1104 are highly configurable, so that they can support all options
1105 that product boards may require. @emph{Make sure that any
1106 jumpers or switches match the system configuration you are
1107 working with.}
1108
1109 Common issues include:
1110
1111 @itemize @bullet
1112
1113 @item @b{JTAG setup} ...
1114 Boards may support more than one JTAG configuration.
1115 Examples include jumpers controlling pullups versus pulldowns
1116 on the nTRST and/or nSRST signals, and choice of connectors
1117 (e.g. which of two headers on the base board,
1118 or one from a daughtercard).
1119 For some Texas Instruments boards, you may need to jumper the
1120 EMU0 and EMU1 signals (which OpenOCD won't currently control).
1121
1122 @item @b{Boot Modes} ...
1123 Complex chips often support multiple boot modes, controlled
1124 by external jumpers. Make sure this is set up correctly.
1125 For example many i.MX boards from NXP need to be jumpered
1126 to "ATX mode" to start booting using the on-chip ROM, when
1127 using second stage bootloader code stored in a NAND flash chip.
1128
1129 Such explicit configuration is common, and not limited to
1130 booting from NAND. You might also need to set jumpers to
1131 start booting using code loaded from an MMC/SD card; external
1132 SPI flash; Ethernet, UART, or USB links; NOR flash; OneNAND
1133 flash; some external host; or various other sources.
1134
1135
1136 @item @b{Memory Addressing} ...
1137 Boards which support multiple boot modes may also have jumpers
1138 to configure memory addressing. One board, for example, jumpers
1139 external chipselect 0 (used for booting) to address either
1140 a large SRAM (which must be pre-loaded via JTAG), NOR flash,
1141 or NAND flash. When it's jumpered to address NAND flash, that
1142 board must also be told to start booting from on-chip ROM.
1143
1144 Your @file{board.cfg} file may also need to be told this jumper
1145 configuration, so that it can know whether to declare NOR flash
1146 using @command{flash bank} or instead declare NAND flash with
1147 @command{nand device}; and likewise which probe to perform in
1148 its @code{reset-init} handler.
1149
1150 A closely related issue is bus width. Jumpers might need to
1151 distinguish between 8 bit or 16 bit bus access for the flash
1152 used to start booting.
1153
1154 @item @b{Peripheral Access} ...
1155 Development boards generally provide access to every peripheral
1156 on the chip, sometimes in multiple modes (such as by providing
1157 multiple audio codec chips).
1158 This interacts with software
1159 configuration of pin multiplexing, where for example a
1160 given pin may be routed either to the MMC/SD controller
1161 or the GPIO controller. It also often interacts with
1162 configuration jumpers. One jumper may be used to route
1163 signals to an MMC/SD card slot or an expansion bus (which
1164 might in turn affect booting); others might control which
1165 audio or video codecs are used.
1166
1167 @end itemize
1168
1169 Plus you should of course have @code{reset-init} event handlers
1170 which set up the hardware to match that jumper configuration.
1171 That includes in particular any oscillator or PLL used to clock
1172 the CPU, and any memory controllers needed to access external
1173 memory and peripherals. Without such handlers, you won't be
1174 able to access those resources without working target firmware
1175 which can do that setup ... this can be awkward when you're
1176 trying to debug that target firmware. Even if there's a ROM
1177 bootloader which handles a few issues, it rarely provides full
1178 access to all board-specific capabilities.
1179
1180
1181 @node Config File Guidelines
1182 @chapter Config File Guidelines
1183
1184 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
1185 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
1186 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
1187 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
1188
1189 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
1190 with files including the ones listed here.
1191 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
1192 @itemize @bullet
1193 @item @file{interface} ...
1194 These are for debug adapters.
1195 Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1196 @example
1197 $ ls interface
1198 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg oocdlink.cfg
1199 arm-usb-ocd.cfg icebear.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1200 at91rm9200.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
1201 axm0432.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1202 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg rlink.cfg
1203 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1204 calao-usb-a9260.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1205 chameleon.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1206 cortino.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1207 dummy.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg usbprog.cfg
1208 flyswatter.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg vsllink.cfg
1209 $
1210 @end example
1211 @item @file{board} ...
1212 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1213 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1214 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1215 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1216 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1217 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1218 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1219 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1220 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1221 a CPU and an FPGA.
1222 @example
1223 $ ls board
1224 arm_evaluator7t.cfg keil_mcb1700.cfg
1225 at91rm9200-dk.cfg keil_mcb2140.cfg
1226 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg linksys_nslu2.cfg
1227 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg logicpd_imx27.cfg
1228 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg mini2440.cfg
1229 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1230 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1231 csb337.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1232 csb732.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1233 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1234 dm355evm.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1235 dm365evm.cfg osk5912.cfg
1236 dm6446evm.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1237 eir.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1238 ek-lm3s1968.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1239 ek-lm3s3748.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1240 ek-lm3s811.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1241 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm32f10x_128k_eval.cfg
1242 hammer.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1243 hitex_lpc2929.cfg telo.cfg
1244 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1245 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg topas910.cfg
1246 iar_str912_sk.cfg topasa900.cfg
1247 imx27ads.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1248 imx27lnst.cfg x300t.cfg
1249 imx31pdk.cfg zy1000.cfg
1250 $
1251 @end example
1252 @item @file{target} ...
1253 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1254 on a chip
1255 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1256 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1257 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1258 the target config file defines all of them.
1259 @example
1260 $ ls target
1261 aduc702x.cfg imx27.cfg pxa255.cfg
1262 ar71xx.cfg imx31.cfg pxa270.cfg
1263 at91eb40a.cfg imx35.cfg readme.txt
1264 at91r40008.cfg is5114.cfg sam7se512.cfg
1265 at91rm9200.cfg ixp42x.cfg sam7x256.cfg
1266 at91sam3u1c.cfg lm3s1968.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1267 at91sam3u1e.cfg lm3s3748.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1268 at91sam3u2c.cfg lm3s6965.cfg samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1269 at91sam3u2e.cfg lm3s811.cfg samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1270 at91sam3u4c.cfg lm3s9b9x.cfg samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1271 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc1768.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1272 at91sam3uXX.cfg lpc2103.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1273 at91sam7sx.cfg lpc2124.cfg smp8634.cfg
1274 at91sam9260.cfg lpc2129.cfg stm32.cfg
1275 c100.cfg lpc2148.cfg str710.cfg
1276 c100config.tcl lpc2294.cfg str730.cfg
1277 c100helper.tcl lpc2378.cfg str750.cfg
1278 c100regs.tcl lpc2478.cfg str912.cfg
1279 cs351x.cfg lpc2900.cfg telo.cfg
1280 davinci.cfg mega128.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1281 dragonite.cfg netx500.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1282 epc9301.cfg omap2420.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1283 feroceon.cfg omap3530.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1284 icepick.cfg omap5912.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1285 imx21.cfg pic32mx.cfg xba_revA3.cfg
1286 $
1287 @end example
1288 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1289 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1290 @end itemize
1291
1292 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1293 file may override features in any of the above files by
1294 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1295 commands specific to their situation.
1296
1297 @section Interface Config Files
1298
1299 The user config file
1300 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1301
1302 @example
1303 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1304 @end example
1305
1306 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every debug adapter
1307 in use today with OpenOCD.
1308 That said, perhaps some of these config files
1309 have only been used by the developer who created it.
1310
1311 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1312 @xref{Debug Adapter Configuration}.
1313 Read the OpenOCD source code (and Developer's GUide)
1314 if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1315 and need to provide a driver for it.
1316
1317 @section Board Config Files
1318 @cindex config file, board
1319 @cindex board config file
1320
1321 The user config file
1322 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1323
1324 @example
1325 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1326 @end example
1327
1328 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1329 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1330 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1331
1332 @enumerate
1333 @item One or more @command{source [target/...cfg]} statements
1334 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{NOR Configuration})
1335 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{NAND Configuration})
1336 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1337 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1338 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1339 @end enumerate
1340
1341 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1342 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1343 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1344 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1345
1346 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1347 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1348 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1349 configuration works.
1350
1351 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1352
1353 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1354 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1355 convention on how to use certain variables.
1356
1357 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but JIM-Tcl does not.
1358 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1359 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1360 used at will within a target configuration file.
1361
1362 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1363 for a board with three chips:
1364
1365 @example
1366 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1367 set CHIPNAME network
1368 set ENDIAN big
1369 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1370 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1371 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1372 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1373
1374 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1375 set CHIPNAME video
1376 set ENDIAN little
1377 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1378 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1379 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1380 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1381
1382 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1383 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1384 unset ENDIAN
1385 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1386 @end example
1387
1388 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1389 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1390 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1391 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1392 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1393 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1394 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1395 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1396
1397 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1398 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1399 naming collisions.
1400
1401 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1402 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1403 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1404 up other clocks and peripherals.
1405
1406 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1407 @cindex variable names
1408
1409 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1410 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1411 one such chip (as shown above).
1412 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1413 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1414 to promote consistency and
1415 so that board files can override target defaults.
1416
1417 Inputs to target config files include:
1418
1419 @itemize @bullet
1420 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1421 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1422 tap identifier dotted names.
1423 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1424 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1425 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1426 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1427 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1428 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1429 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1430 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1431 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1432 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1433 @end itemize
1434
1435 Outputs from target config files include:
1436
1437 @itemize @bullet
1438 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1439 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1440 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1441 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1442 specific to that board and that target.
1443 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1444 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1445 @end itemize
1446
1447 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1448 @cindex event, reset-init
1449 @cindex reset-init handler
1450
1451 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1452 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1453 fully set up yet.
1454 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1455 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1456 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1457 handler is one of the most important.
1458
1459 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1460 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1461 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1462 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1463 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1464
1465 @quotation Note
1466 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1467 are included here.
1468 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1469 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1470 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1471 (@pxref{Translating Configuration Files}).
1472 @end quotation
1473
1474 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1475 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1476 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1477 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1478 those as parameters.
1479 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1480 and disabling the watchdog.
1481 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1482 the next developer doing such work.
1483 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1484
1485 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1486 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1487 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1488 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1489
1490 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1491
1492 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1493 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1494 a low JTAG clock rate.
1495 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1496 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1497 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1498 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1499 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1500 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1501 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1502
1503 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1504 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1505 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1506 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1507 which might be less than that.
1508
1509 @quotation Warning
1510 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1511 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1512 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1513 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1514 @end quotation
1515
1516 If both the chip and the board support adaptive clocking,
1517 use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1518 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1519 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{adapter_khz}.
1520 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1521 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1522
1523 @section Target Config Files
1524 @cindex config file, target
1525 @cindex target config file
1526
1527 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1528 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1529 more target config files like this:
1530
1531 @example
1532 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1533 @end example
1534
1535 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1536 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1537 In summary the target files should contain
1538
1539 @enumerate
1540 @item Set defaults
1541 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1542 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1543 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1544 @item On-Chip flash
1545 @end enumerate
1546
1547 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1548 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1549 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1550
1551 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1552 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1553 can talk to the chip.
1554 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1555 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1556 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1557 and other processing engines.
1558
1559 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1560
1561 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1562 letting board config files express environment-specific
1563 differences in how things should be set up.
1564
1565 @example
1566 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1567 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1568 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1569 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1570 @} else @{
1571 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1572 @}
1573
1574 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1575 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1576 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1577 @} else @{
1578 set _ENDIAN little
1579 @}
1580
1581 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1582 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1583 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1584 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1585 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1586 @} else @{
1587 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1588 @}
1589 @end example
1590 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1591
1592 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1593 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1594 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1595
1596 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1597 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1598 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1599
1600 @example
1601 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1602 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1603 @end example
1604
1605 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1606 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1607 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1608 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1609 for taps.
1610
1611 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1612 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1613 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1614 looks (in part) like this:
1615
1616 @example
1617 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1618 @end example
1619
1620 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1621 to source such a config file twice, with different
1622 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1623 it adds a different TAP each time.
1624
1625 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1626 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1627 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1628 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1629
1630 @example
1631 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1632 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1633 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1634 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1635 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1636 @end example
1637
1638 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1639 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1640
1641 @itemize
1642 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1643 plus a JRC to enable them
1644 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1645 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1646 is not currently used)
1647 @end itemize
1648
1649 @subsection Add CPU targets
1650
1651 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1652 GDB and other commands can use it.
1653 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1654 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1655 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1656 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1657
1658 @example
1659 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1660 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1661 @end example
1662
1663 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1664 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1665 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1666 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1667 a work area if you can.
1668 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1669
1670 @example
1671 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1672 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1673 @end example
1674
1675 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
1676
1677 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
1678 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
1679 chip can be tweaked by the board.
1680
1681 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
1682 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
1683 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
1684 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
1685 both signals.
1686
1687 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
1688 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
1689 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
1690 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
1691 don't want to reset all targets at once.
1692 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
1693 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
1694 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
1695 (For Cortex-M3 targets, this is not necessary. The target
1696 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
1697 not available.)
1698
1699 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
1700 they're going to be used with JTAG.
1701 An example might be needing to send some commands right
1702 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
1703 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
1704 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
1705 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
1706 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
1707
1708 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
1709 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
1710 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
1711 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
1712 slower clock than they will use later.
1713 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
1714 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
1715 than they will use later.
1716 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1717
1718 @quotation Important
1719 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
1720 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
1721 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
1722 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
1723 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
1724 @end quotation
1725
1726 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
1727
1728 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
1729 special high speed download features - enable it.
1730
1731 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
1732
1733 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
1734 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
1735 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
1736 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
1737 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
1738 If you are using an external trace port,
1739 configure it in your board config file.
1740 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
1741 configure it in your target config file.
1742
1743 @example
1744 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
1745 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
1746 @end example
1747
1748 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
1749
1750 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
1751
1752 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
1753 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
1754 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
1755 the TARGET (chip) file.
1756
1757 Examples:
1758 @itemize @bullet
1759 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
1760 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
1761 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
1762 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
1763 @end itemize
1764
1765 @anchor{Translating Configuration Files}
1766 @section Translating Configuration Files
1767 @cindex translation
1768 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
1769 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
1770 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
1771 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
1772 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
1773 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
1774
1775 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
1776 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
1777 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
1778 convert other scripts later on.
1779
1780 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
1781 replace job:
1782
1783 @example
1784 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
1785 #
1786 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
1787 #
1788 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
1789 #
1790 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
1791
1792 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
1793 global TARGETNAME
1794
1795 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
1796
1797 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
1798 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
1799 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
1800 @}
1801 @end example
1802
1803
1804
1805 @node Daemon Configuration
1806 @chapter Daemon Configuration
1807 @cindex initialization
1808 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
1809 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
1810 supported.
1811
1812 @anchor{Configuration Stage}
1813 @section Configuration Stage
1814 @cindex configuration stage
1815 @cindex config command
1816
1817 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
1818 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
1819 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
1820 Normally, configuration commands are only available
1821 inside startup scripts.
1822
1823 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
1824 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
1825 which may be issued interactively.
1826 The runtime @command{help} command also highlights configuration
1827 commands, and those which may be issued at any time.
1828
1829 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
1830 flash banks,
1831 the interface used for JTAG communication,
1832 and other basic setup.
1833 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
1834 may access or activate TAPs.
1835 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
1836 longer be issued.
1837
1838 @section Entering the Run Stage
1839
1840 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
1841 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
1842 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1843 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
1844 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
1845 You should see no errors at this point.
1846 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
1847 commands you used to configure the server.
1848 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
1849 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
1850 on the scan chain.
1851
1852 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
1853 become available.
1854 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
1855 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
1856 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
1857 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
1858 entry to the run stage.
1859
1860 @deffn {Config Command} init
1861 This command terminates the configuration stage and
1862 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
1863 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
1864 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
1865 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
1866 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
1867
1868 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
1869 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
1870 configuration files and/or command line options.
1871
1872 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
1873 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
1874 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
1875 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
1876 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
1877 @end deffn
1878
1879 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
1880 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
1881 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1882
1883 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
1884 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
1885 scan chain.
1886 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
1887 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
1888
1889 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
1890 they return.
1891 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
1892 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
1893 @end deffn
1894
1895 @anchor{TCP/IP Ports}
1896 @section TCP/IP Ports
1897 @cindex TCP port
1898 @cindex server
1899 @cindex port
1900 @cindex security
1901 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
1902 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
1903 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
1904
1905 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
1906 access using one or more of these ports.
1907 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
1908 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
1909 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
1910
1911 @deffn {Command} gdb_port [number]
1912 @cindex GDB server
1913 Normally gdb listens to a TCP/IP port, but GDB can also
1914 communicate via pipes(stdin/out or named pipes). The name
1915 "gdb_port" stuck because it covers probably more than 90% of
1916 the normal use cases.
1917
1918 No arguments reports GDB port. "pipe" means listen to stdin
1919 output to stdout, an integer is base port number, "disable"
1920 disables the gdb server.
1921
1922 When using "pipe", also use log_output to redirect the log
1923 output to a file so as not to flood the stdin/out pipes.
1924
1925 The -p/--pipe option is deprecated and a warning is printed
1926 as it is equivalent to passing in -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log".
1927
1928 Any other string is interpreted as named pipe to listen to.
1929 Output pipe is the same name as input pipe, but with 'o' appended,
1930 e.g. /var/gdb, /var/gdbo.
1931
1932 The GDB port for the first target will be the base port, the
1933 second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
1934 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1935 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
1936 @end deffn
1937
1938 @deffn {Command} tcl_port [number]
1939 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
1940 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
1941 output from the Tcl engine.
1942 Intended as a machine interface.
1943 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1944 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
1945
1946 @end deffn
1947
1948 @deffn {Command} telnet_port [number]
1949 Specify or query the
1950 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
1951 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
1952 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1953 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
1954 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1955 @end deffn
1956
1957 @anchor{GDB Configuration}
1958 @section GDB Configuration
1959 @cindex GDB
1960 @cindex GDB configuration
1961 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
1962 The ones listed here are static and global.
1963 @xref{Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
1964 @xref{Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
1965
1966 @anchor{gdb_breakpoint_override}
1967 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
1968 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
1969 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
1970 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
1971 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
1972 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
1973 @end deffn
1974
1975 @anchor{gdb_flash_program}
1976 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1977 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
1978 vFlash packet is received.
1979 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1980 @end deffn
1981
1982 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1983 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
1984 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
1985 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
1986 for flash programming to work.
1987 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1988 @xref{gdb_flash_program}.
1989 @end deffn
1990
1991 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1992 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
1993 by GDB memory read packets.
1994 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
1995 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
1996 @end deffn
1997
1998 @anchor{Event Polling}
1999 @section Event Polling
2000
2001 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
2002 where significant events can happen at any time.
2003 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
2004 so it can report them to through TCL command line
2005 or to GDB.
2006
2007 Examples of such events include:
2008
2009 @itemize
2010 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
2011 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
2012 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
2013 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
2014 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
2015 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
2016 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
2017 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
2018 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
2019 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
2020 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
2021 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
2022 @end itemize
2023
2024 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
2025 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
2026 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
2027 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
2028 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
2029
2030 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
2031 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
2032 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
2033 to the various active targets.
2034 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
2035 which is normally done in the background.
2036
2037 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2038 Poll the current target for its current state.
2039 (Also, @pxref{target curstate}.)
2040 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
2041 specific information about the current state is printed.
2042 An optional parameter
2043 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
2044
2045 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
2046 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
2047 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
2048 @example
2049 > poll
2050 background polling: on
2051 target state: halted
2052 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
2053 current mode: Supervisor
2054 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
2055 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
2056 >
2057 @end example
2058 @end deffn
2059
2060 @node Debug Adapter Configuration
2061 @chapter Debug Adapter Configuration
2062 @cindex config file, interface
2063 @cindex interface config file
2064
2065 Correctly installing OpenOCD includes making your operating system give
2066 OpenOCD access to debug adapters. Once that has been done, Tcl commands
2067 are used to select which one is used, and to configure how it is used.
2068
2069 @quotation Note
2070 Because OpenOCD started out with a focus purely on JTAG, you may find
2071 places where it wrongly presumes JTAG is the only transport protocol
2072 in use. Be aware that recent versions of OpenOCD are removing that
2073 limitation. JTAG remains more functional than most other transports.
2074 Other transports do not support boundary scan operations, or may be
2075 specific to a given chip vendor. Some might be usable only for
2076 programming flash memory, instead of also for debugging.
2077 @end quotation
2078
2079 Debug Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
2080 through commands in an interface configuration
2081 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
2082 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
2083
2084 @example
2085 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
2086 @end example
2087
2088 These commands tell
2089 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
2090 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
2091
2092 @example
2093 # jlink interface
2094 interface jlink
2095 @end example
2096
2097 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
2098
2099
2100 @section Interface Configuration
2101
2102 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of debug adapter you are
2103 using. Depending on the type of adapter, you may need to use one or
2104 more additional commands to further identify or configure the adapter.
2105
2106 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
2107 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
2108 target.
2109 @end deffn
2110
2111 @deffn Command {interface_list}
2112 List the debug adapter drivers that have been built into
2113 the running copy of OpenOCD.
2114 @end deffn
2115 @deffn Command {interface transports} transport_name+
2116 Specifies the transports supported by this debug adapter.
2117 The adapter driver builds-in similar knowledge; use this only
2118 when external configuration (such as jumpering) changes what
2119 the hardware can support.
2120 @end deffn
2121
2122
2123
2124 @deffn Command {adapter_name}
2125 Returns the name of the debug adapter driver being used.
2126 @end deffn
2127
2128 @section Interface Drivers
2129
2130 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
2131 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
2132 available at run time.
2133
2134 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
2135 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
2136 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
2137 This defines some driver-specific commands:
2138
2139 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2140 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
2141 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2142 @end deffn
2143
2144 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
2145 Displays status of RTCK option.
2146 Optionally sets that option first.
2147 @end deffn
2148 @end deffn
2149
2150 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
2151 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
2152 This has one driver-specific command:
2153
2154 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
2155 Logs some status
2156 @end deffn
2157 @end deffn
2158
2159 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
2160 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
2161 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
2162 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
2163 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
2164 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
2165 @end deffn
2166
2167 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
2168 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
2169 @end deffn
2170
2171 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
2172 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
2173 @end deffn
2174
2175 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
2176 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
2177 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2178 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2179
2180 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
2181 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2182 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
2183 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2184 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2185 @end deffn
2186
2187 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
2188 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
2189 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
2190 is connected to the host.
2191 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2192 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2193 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2194 @end deffn
2195
2196 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
2197 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
2198 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
2199 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
2200 @itemize @minus
2201 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
2202 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
2203 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
2204 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
2205 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
2206 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
2207 This layout can not support the SWO trace mechanism, and should be
2208 used only for older boards (before rev C).
2209 @item @b{luminary_icdi} This layout should be used with most Luminary
2210 eval boards, including Rev C LM3S811 eval boards and the eponymous
2211 ICDI boards, to debug either the local Cortex-M3 or in passthrough mode
2212 to debug some other target. It can support the SWO trace mechanism.
2213 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
2214 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
2215 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
2216 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
2217 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
2218 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
2219 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
2220 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
2221 @item @b{redbee-econotag} Integrated with a Redbee development board.
2222 @item @b{redbee-usb} Integrated with a Redbee USB-stick development board.
2223 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
2224 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
2225 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
2226 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
2227 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
2228 @end itemize
2229 @end deffn
2230
2231 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2232 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
2233 default values are used.
2234 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2235 @example
2236 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2237 @end example
2238 @end deffn
2239
2240 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
2241 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
2242 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
2243 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
2244 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
2245 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
2246 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
2247 @end deffn
2248
2249 For example, the interface config file for a
2250 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2251
2252 @example
2253 interface ft2232
2254 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2255 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2256 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2257 @end example
2258 @end deffn
2259
2260 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2261 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2262 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2263 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2264
2265 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2266 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2267 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2268 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2269 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2270 @end deffn
2271
2272 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2273 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2274 default values are used.
2275 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2276 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2277 @example
2278 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2279 @end example
2280 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2281 @example
2282 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2283 @end example
2284 @end deffn
2285
2286 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2287 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2288 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2289 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2290
2291 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2292 @example
2293 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2294 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2295 @end example
2296 @end deffn
2297
2298 @end deffn
2299
2300 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2301 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2302 This has one driver-specific command:
2303
2304 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2305 Display either the address of the I/O port
2306 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2307 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2308 This is a write-once setting.
2309 @end deffn
2310 @end deffn
2311
2312 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2313 Segger jlink USB adapter
2314 @c command: jlink_info
2315 @c dumps status
2316 @c command: jlink_hw_jtag (2|3)
2317 @c sets version 2 or 3
2318 @end deffn
2319
2320 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2321 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2322 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2323 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2324 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2325
2326 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2327 Set the layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2328 This is a write-once setting.
2329 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2330
2331 @itemize @minus
2332 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2333 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2334 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2335 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2336 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2337 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2338 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2339 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2340 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2341 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2342 some versions of
2343 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2344 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2345 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2346 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2347 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2348 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2349 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2350 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2351 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2352 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2353 @end itemize
2354 @end deffn
2355
2356 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2357 Display either the address of the I/O port
2358 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2359 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2360 This is a write-once setting.
2361
2362 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2363 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2364 you may encounter a problem.
2365 @end deffn
2366
2367 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
2368 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
2369 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
2370 @command{adapter_khz} configuration.
2371 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
2372 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
2373
2374 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
2375 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
2376 @quotation Tip
2377 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
2378 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
2379 @example
2380 > parport_toggling_time 1000
2381 > adapter_khz 500
2382 @end example
2383 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
2384 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
2385 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
2386 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
2387 large set of samples.
2388 Update the setting to match your measurement:
2389 @example
2390 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
2391 @end example
2392 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{adapter_khz rate}
2393 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
2394
2395 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
2396 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
2397 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
2398 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
2399 match for the adapter_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
2400 @end quotation
2401 @end deffn
2402
2403 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (@option{on}|@option{off})
2404 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
2405 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD.
2406 @end deffn
2407
2408 For example, the interface configuration file for a
2409 classic ``Wiggler'' cable on LPT2 might look something like this:
2410
2411 @example
2412 interface parport
2413 parport_port 0x278
2414 parport_cable wiggler
2415 @end example
2416 @end deffn
2417
2418 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
2419 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
2420 @deffn {Config Command} {presto_serial} serial_string
2421 Configures the USB serial number of the Presto device to use.
2422 @end deffn
2423 @end deffn
2424
2425 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
2426 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
2427 @end deffn
2428
2429 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
2430 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2431 @end deffn
2432
2433 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
2434 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
2435
2436 @quotation Note
2437 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
2438 which are not currently documented here.
2439 @end quotation
2440 @end deffn
2441
2442 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
2443 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
2444 @end deffn
2445
2446 @quotation Note
2447 This defines some driver-specific commands,
2448 which are not currently documented here.
2449 @end quotation
2450
2451 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2452 Turn power switch to target on/off.
2453 No arguments: print status.
2454 @end deffn
2455
2456 @section Transport Configuration
2457 As noted earlier, depending on the version of OpenOCD you use,
2458 and the debug adapter you are using,
2459 several transports may be available to
2460 communicate with debug targets (or perhaps to program flash memory).
2461 @deffn Command {transport list}
2462 displays the names of the transports supported by this
2463 version of OpenOCD.
2464 @end deffn
2465
2466 @deffn Command {transport select} transport_name
2467 Select which of the supported transports to use in this OpenOCD session.
2468 The transport must be supported by the debug adapter hardware and by the
2469 version of OPenOCD you are using (including the adapter's driver).
2470 No arguments: returns name of session's selected transport.
2471 @end deffn
2472
2473 @subsection JTAG Transport
2474 JTAG is the original transport supported by OpenOCD, and most
2475 of the OpenOCD commands support it.
2476 JTAG transports expose a chain of one or more Test Access Points (TAPs),
2477 each of which must be explicitly declared.
2478 JTAG supports both debugging and boundary scan testing.
2479 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
2480 @subsection SWD Transport
2481 SWD (Serial Wire Debug) is an ARM-specific transport which exposes one
2482 Debug Access Point (DAP, which must be explicitly declared.
2483 (SWD uses fewer signal wires than JTAG.)
2484 SWD is debug-oriented, and does not support boundary scan testing.
2485 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
2486 (Some processors support both JTAG and SWD.)
2487 @subsection SPI Transport
2488 The Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) is a general purpose transport
2489 which uses four wire signaling. Some processors use it as part of a
2490 solution for flash programming.
2491
2492 @anchor{JTAG Speed}
2493 @section JTAG Speed
2494 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
2495 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
2496 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
2497 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
2498 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
2499 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
2500 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
2501 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
2502 power management software that may be active.
2503
2504 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
2505 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
2506 target event handler.
2507 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
2508 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
2509 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
2510 sets up those clocks).
2511 @xref{Target Events}.
2512 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
2513 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
2514 in the target config file.
2515 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
2516 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
2517 config file instead.
2518 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
2519 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
2520 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
2521
2522 @example
2523 jtag_rclk 3000
2524 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
2525 @end example
2526
2527 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
2528 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
2529 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
2530 may not be the fastest solution.
2531
2532 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
2533 instead of @command{adapter_khz}, but only for (ARM) cores and boards
2534 which support adaptive clocking.
2535
2536 @deffn {Command} adapter_khz max_speed_kHz
2537 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
2538 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
2539 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
2540 than the speed specified.
2541
2542 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
2543 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
2544 and is normally less than that peak rate.
2545 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
2546
2547 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
2548 @xref{FAQ RTCK}.
2549 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
2550 JTAG clocking after setup.
2551 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
2552 If the interface device can not
2553 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
2554 @end deffn
2555
2556 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
2557 @cindex adaptive clocking
2558 @cindex RTCK
2559 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
2560 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
2561 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
2562 @example
2563 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
2564 jtag_rclk 3000
2565 @end example
2566 @end defun
2567
2568 @node Reset Configuration
2569 @chapter Reset Configuration
2570 @cindex Reset Configuration
2571
2572 Every system configuration may require a different reset
2573 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
2574 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
2575 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
2576 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{JTAG Speed}.)
2577 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
2578 Please see the various board files for examples.
2579
2580 @quotation Note
2581 To maintainers and integrators:
2582 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
2583 Normally the board configuration file
2584 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
2585 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
2586
2587 However, the target configuration file could also make note
2588 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
2589 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
2590 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
2591 user configuration file will need to override parts of
2592 the reset configuration provided by other files.
2593 @end quotation
2594
2595 @section Types of Reset
2596
2597 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
2598 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
2599 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
2600
2601 @itemize @bullet
2602 @item
2603 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
2604 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
2605 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
2606 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
2607 @item
2608 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
2609 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
2610 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
2611 device's the TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
2612 @item
2613 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
2614 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
2615 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
2616 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
2617 @item
2618 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
2619 several other types of reset.
2620 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
2621 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
2622 There may be individual module resets.
2623 @end itemize
2624
2625 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
2626 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
2627 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
2628 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
2629 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
2630 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
2631 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
2632 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
2633 (@xref{Reset Command}.)
2634
2635 @anchor{SRST and TRST Issues}
2636 @section SRST and TRST Issues
2637
2638 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
2639 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
2640 common issues are:
2641
2642 @itemize @bullet
2643
2644 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
2645 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
2646 support such signals even if they are wired up.
2647 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
2648 when either of those signals is not connected.
2649 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
2650 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
2651 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG level resets can
2652 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
2653
2654 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
2655 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
2656 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
2657 when those signals aren't properly independent.
2658
2659 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
2660 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
2661 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
2662 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
2663 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
2664 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
2665 hardware debouncing.
2666 Use the @command{adapter_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
2667 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
2668
2669 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
2670 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
2671 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
2672 to use push/pull output drivers.
2673 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
2674 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
2675 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
2676 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
2677
2678 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
2679 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
2680 issues (not limited to errata).
2681 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
2682 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
2683 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
2684 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
2685 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
2686 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
2687 @end itemize
2688
2689 There can also be other issues.
2690 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
2691 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
2692 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
2693 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
2694 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
2695 Agreement (NDA).
2696
2697 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
2698 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
2699 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
2700
2701 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
2702 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
2703
2704 @section Commands for Handling Resets
2705
2706 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
2707 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2708 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
2709 allowing it to be deasserted.
2710 @end deffn
2711
2712 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_delay milliseconds
2713 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2714 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2715 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
2716 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
2717 @end deffn
2718
2719 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
2720 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2721 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
2722 allowing it to be deasserted.
2723 @end deffn
2724
2725 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
2726 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2727 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2728 @end deffn
2729
2730 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
2731 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
2732 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
2733 configuration scripts.
2734
2735 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
2736 the command is intended to address (@pxref{SRST and TRST Issues}).
2737 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
2738 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
2739 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
2740 from a particular combination of interface and board.
2741 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
2742 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
2743
2744 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
2745 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination},
2746 @var{gates},
2747 @var{trst_type},
2748 and @var{srst_type} -- may be specified at a time.
2749 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
2750 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
2751 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
2752 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
2753 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
2754
2755 @itemize
2756 @item
2757 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
2758 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
2759 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
2760 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
2761 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
2762
2763 @quotation Tip
2764 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
2765 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
2766 @end quotation
2767
2768 @item
2769 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
2770 signal implementations.
2771 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
2772 indicating everything behaves normally.
2773 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
2774 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. NXP
2775 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
2776 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
2777 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
2778 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
2779 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
2780
2781 @item
2782 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
2783 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
2784 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
2785 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
2786 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
2787 while SRST is asserted.
2788 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
2789 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
2790 @end itemize
2791
2792 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
2793 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
2794 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
2795 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
2796 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
2797
2798 @itemize
2799 @item
2800 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
2801 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
2802 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
2803 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
2804
2805 @item
2806 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
2807 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
2808 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
2809 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
2810 powerup and pressing a reset button.
2811 @end itemize
2812 @end deffn
2813
2814 @section Custom Reset Handling
2815 @cindex events
2816
2817 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
2818 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
2819 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
2820 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
2821 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
2822 at particular points in the reset sequence.
2823
2824 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
2825 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
2826 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
2827 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
2828 want to reset everything at once.
2829
2830 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
2831 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
2832 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
2833 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
2834 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
2835 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
2836 needs special attention.
2837
2838 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
2839 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
2840 to find a sequence of operations that works.
2841 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
2842 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
2843 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
2844 (@pxref{Configuration Stage});
2845 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
2846
2847 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
2848 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
2849 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
2850 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
2851 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
2852
2853 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
2854 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
2855 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
2856 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
2857 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
2858 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
2859 low level reset command (@option{halt},
2860 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
2861 or potentially some other value.
2862
2863 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
2864 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
2865 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
2866 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
2867 (or their associated targets)
2868 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
2869
2870 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2871 they return.
2872 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2873 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2874 @end deffn
2875
2876 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
2877 This validates the scan chain using just the four
2878 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
2879 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
2880 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
2881 matches the TAPs it can observe.
2882 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
2883 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
2884 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
2885 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
2886 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
2887 @end deffn
2888
2889 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
2890 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
2891 everything on the JTAG scan chain
2892 (and anything else connected to SRST).
2893 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
2894 @end deffn
2895
2896
2897 @node TAP Declaration
2898 @chapter TAP Declaration
2899 @cindex TAP declaration
2900 @cindex TAP configuration
2901
2902 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
2903 TAPs serve many roles, including:
2904
2905 @itemize @bullet
2906 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
2907 @item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
2908 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
2909 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
2910 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
2911 start running that code.
2912 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
2913 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
2914 and missing connections
2915 @end itemize
2916
2917 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
2918 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
2919 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
2920 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
2921 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
2922
2923 @section Scan Chains
2924 @cindex scan chain
2925
2926 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
2927 which is daisy chain of TAPs.
2928 They also need to be added to
2929 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
2930 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
2931 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
2932 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
2933 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
2934 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
2935 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
2936 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
2937
2938 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
2939 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
2940 command, presented in the next chapter.
2941 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
2942 debugging targets.)
2943 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
2944
2945 @verbatim
2946 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
2947 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
2948 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
2949 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
2950 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
2951 @end verbatim
2952
2953 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
2954 of it. @xref{Autoprobing}.
2955 Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
2956 because not all devices provide good support for that.
2957 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
2958 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
2959 until they are told to do so.
2960
2961 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
2962 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
2963 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
2964 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
2965
2966 @example
2967 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
2968 @end example
2969
2970 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
2971 by a given chip.
2972 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
2973 and so forth.
2974 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
2975 It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
2976 a single chip and between them.
2977 @xref{FAQ TAP Order}.
2978
2979 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
2980 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
2981 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
2982 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
2983 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
2984 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
2985 includes commands something like this:
2986
2987 @example
2988 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
2989 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
2990 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
2991 @end example
2992
2993 Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
2994 @option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
2995 @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
2996
2997 @deffn Command {jtag names}
2998 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
2999 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
3000 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
3001 @example
3002 foreach t [jtag names] @{
3003 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
3004 @}
3005 @end example
3006 @end deffn
3007
3008 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
3009 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
3010 and their status.
3011 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
3012 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
3013 but systems with a JTAG router can
3014 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
3015 @end deffn
3016
3017 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
3018 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
3019
3020 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
3021 @c (on entry to RESET state).
3022
3023 @section TAP Names
3024 @cindex dotted name
3025
3026 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
3027 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
3028 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
3029 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
3030 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
3031 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
3032 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
3033 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
3034
3035 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
3036 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
3037 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
3038
3039 @quotation Tip
3040 In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
3041 This feature is still present.
3042 However its use is highly discouraged, and
3043 should not be relied on; it will be removed by mid-2010.
3044 Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers,
3045 by paying attention to the runtime warnings they trigger.
3046 Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
3047 reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
3048 @end quotation
3049
3050 @section TAP Declaration Commands
3051
3052 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
3053 @anchor{jtag newtap}
3054 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
3055 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
3056 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
3057
3058 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
3059 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
3060 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
3061 overridable.
3062
3063 @cindex TAP naming convention
3064 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
3065 and should follow this convention:
3066
3067 @itemize @bullet
3068 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
3069 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
3070 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
3071 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
3072 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
3073 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
3074 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
3075 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
3076 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
3077 with a single TAP;
3078 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
3079 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
3080 For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
3081 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
3082 @end itemize
3083
3084 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
3085
3086 @itemize @bullet
3087 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
3088 @*The length in bits of the
3089 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
3090 @end itemize
3091
3092 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
3093
3094 @itemize @bullet
3095 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
3096 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
3097 linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
3098 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
3099 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
3100 (the TAP is linked in).
3101 @xref{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
3102 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
3103 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
3104 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
3105 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
3106 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
3107 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
3108 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
3109 values that were found but not included in the list.
3110
3111 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
3112 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
3113 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
3114 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
3115 hardware to find these values.
3116 @xref{Autoprobing}.
3117 @item @code{-ignore-version}
3118 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
3119 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
3120 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
3121 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
3122 the various chip IDs.
3123 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
3124 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
3125 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
3126 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
3127 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
3128 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
3129 additional bits, if you know them, or indicate that
3130 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
3131 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
3132 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
3133 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
3134 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
3135 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
3136 @end itemize
3137 @end deffn
3138
3139 @section Other TAP commands
3140
3141 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
3142 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
3143 At this writing this TAP attribute
3144 mechanism is used only for event handling.
3145 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
3146 mechanism for debugger targets.)
3147 See the next section for information about the available events.
3148
3149 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
3150 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
3151 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
3152 @end deffn
3153
3154 @anchor{TAP Events}
3155 @section TAP Events
3156 @cindex events
3157 @cindex TAP events
3158
3159 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
3160 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
3161 The other applies to debugger targets,
3162 which are associated with certain TAPs.
3163
3164 The TAP events currently defined are:
3165
3166 @itemize @bullet
3167 @item @b{post-reset}
3168 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
3169 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
3170 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
3171 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
3172 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
3173
3174 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
3175 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
3176 of any particular target.
3177 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
3178 @item @b{setup}
3179 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
3180 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
3181 @item @b{tap-disable}
3182 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
3183 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
3184 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3185 @item @b{tap-enable}
3186 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
3187 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
3188 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3189 @end itemize
3190
3191 If you need some action after each JTAG reset, which isn't actually
3192 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
3193 contents to be accurate), you might:
3194
3195 @example
3196 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
3197 echo "JTAG Reset done"
3198 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
3199 @}
3200 @end example
3201
3202
3203 @anchor{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}
3204 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
3205 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
3206 @cindex jrc
3207
3208 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
3209 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
3210 Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
3211 an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
3212 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
3213
3214 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
3215 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
3216 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
3217 be visible.
3218 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
3219 ignores, such as:
3220
3221 @itemize
3222 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
3223 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
3224 TAPs receive new instructions.
3225 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
3226 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
3227 @end itemize
3228
3229 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
3230 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
3231 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
3232 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
3233
3234 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
3235 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
3236
3237 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
3238 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
3239 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
3240 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
3241 should define TAP event handlers using
3242 code that looks something like this:
3243
3244 @example
3245 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
3246 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3247 @}
3248 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
3249 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3250 @}
3251 @end example
3252
3253 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
3254
3255 @example
3256 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
3257 @end example
3258
3259 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
3260 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
3261 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
3262 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
3263
3264 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
3265 If necessary, disables the tap
3266 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
3267 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3268 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3269 and "0" if it is disabled.
3270 @end deffn
3271
3272 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
3273 If necessary, enables the tap
3274 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
3275 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3276 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3277 and "0" if it is disabled.
3278 @end deffn
3279
3280 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
3281 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3282 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3283 and "0" if it is disabled.
3284
3285 @quotation Note
3286 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
3287 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
3288 @end quotation
3289 @end deffn
3290
3291 @anchor{Autoprobing}
3292 @section Autoprobing
3293 @cindex autoprobe
3294 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
3295
3296 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
3297 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
3298 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
3299 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
3300
3301 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
3302 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
3303 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
3304 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
3305 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
3306 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
3307 right when they come out of reset).
3308
3309 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
3310
3311 @example
3312 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
3313 reset_config trst_and_srst
3314 jtag_rclk 8
3315 @end example
3316
3317 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
3318 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
3319
3320 @enumerate
3321 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
3322 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
3323 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
3324 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
3325 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
3326 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
3327 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
3328 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
3329 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
3330 that is discovered.
3331 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
3332 register, it will report it.
3333 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
3334 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
3335 @end enumerate
3336
3337 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
3338 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
3339 that's a bit more complex:
3340
3341 @example
3342 clock speed 8 kHz
3343 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
3344 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
3345 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
3346 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
3347 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3348 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3349 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
3350 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
3351 @end example
3352
3353 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
3354 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
3355 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
3356 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
3357 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
3358 and so forth.
3359
3360 @node CPU Configuration
3361 @chapter CPU Configuration
3362 @cindex GDB target
3363
3364 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
3365 You can also access these targets without GDB
3366 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
3367 and @ref{Target State handling}) and
3368 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
3369 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
3370
3371 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
3372 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
3373
3374 @section Target List
3375 @cindex target, current
3376 @cindex target, list
3377
3378 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
3379 where each member has a name.
3380 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
3381 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
3382 (plural!) command.
3383 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
3384 look like with more than one:
3385 @verbatim
3386 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
3387 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
3388 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
3389 1 MyTarget cortex_m3 little mychip.foo tap-disabled
3390 @end verbatim
3391
3392 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
3393 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
3394 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
3395 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
3396 space seen by that current target.
3397 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
3398 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
3399 are examples; and there are many more.
3400
3401 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
3402
3403 @deffn Command {target count}
3404 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3405 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
3406 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
3407
3408 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
3409 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
3410 @example
3411 set c [target count]
3412 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
3413 # Assuming you have created this function
3414 print_target_details $x
3415 @}
3416 @end example
3417 @end deffn
3418
3419 @deffn Command {target current}
3420 Returns the name of the current target.
3421 @end deffn
3422
3423 @deffn Command {target names}
3424 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
3425 @example
3426 foreach t [target names] @{
3427 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
3428 @}
3429 @end example
3430 @end deffn
3431
3432 @deffn Command {target number} number
3433 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3434 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
3435
3436 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
3437 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
3438 @example
3439 set thename [target number $x]
3440 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
3441 @end example
3442 @end deffn
3443
3444 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
3445 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
3446
3447 @deffn Command targets [name]
3448 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
3449 command names are singular.}
3450
3451 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
3452 targets in a user friendly form.
3453
3454 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
3455 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
3456 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
3457 @end deffn
3458
3459 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
3460 @cindex target type
3461 @cindex CPU type
3462 @cindex CPU variant
3463
3464 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
3465 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
3466 when calling @command{target create}.
3467 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
3468 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
3469 what kind of debug support it integrates,
3470 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
3471 what core-specific commands may be available
3472 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
3473 and more.
3474
3475 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
3476 indicate differences that affect their handling.
3477 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
3478 worked around in some chip versions.
3479
3480 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
3481 since there's a command to list them.
3482 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
3483 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
3484
3485 @anchor{target types}
3486 @deffn Command {target types}
3487 Lists all supported target types.
3488 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
3489
3490 @itemize @bullet
3491 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
3492 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3493 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3494 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3495 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3496 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
3497 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3498 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
3499 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
3500 @item @code{cortex_a8} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
3501 @item @code{cortex_m3} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
3502 compact Thumb2 instruction set. It supports one variant:
3503 @itemize @minus
3504 @item @code{lm3s} ... Use this when debugging older Stellaris LM3S targets.
3505 This will cause OpenOCD to use a software reset rather than asserting
3506 SRST, to avoid a issue with clearing the debug registers.
3507 This is fixed in Fury Rev B, DustDevil Rev B, Tempest; these revisions will
3508 be detected and the normal reset behaviour used.
3509 @end itemize
3510 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
3511 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
3512 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
3513 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
3514 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
3515 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
3516 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
3517 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
3518 There are several variants defined:
3519 @itemize @minus
3520 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
3521 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
3522 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
3523 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
3524 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
3525 @end itemize
3526 @end itemize
3527 @end deffn
3528
3529 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
3530 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
3531 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
3532 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
3533 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
3534 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
3535 reflect design generations;
3536 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
3537 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
3538
3539 @anchor{Target Configuration}
3540 @section Target Configuration
3541
3542 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
3543 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
3544 which is used to set up the CPU support.
3545 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
3546 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
3547
3548 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
3549 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
3550 optional parts.
3551 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
3552 command, created as part of target creation.
3553
3554 The two main things to configure after target creation are
3555 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
3556 if the board setup code overrides them later;
3557 and event handlers (@pxref{Target Events}), which tend
3558 to be much more board-specific.
3559 The key steps you use might look something like this
3560
3561 @example
3562 target create MyTarget cortex_m3 -chain-position mychip.cpu
3563 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
3564 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
3565 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
3566 @end example
3567
3568 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
3569 on-chip SRAM.
3570 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
3571 writes to target memory;
3572 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
3573 GDB memory checksumming;
3574 and more.
3575
3576 @quotation Warning
3577 On more complex chips, the work area can become
3578 inaccessible when application code
3579 (such as an operating system)
3580 enables or disables the MMU.
3581 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
3582 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
3583 easy access to other addresses needed.
3584 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
3585 @end quotation
3586
3587 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
3588 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
3589 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
3590 controllers.
3591 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
3592 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
3593 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
3594
3595 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
3596 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
3597 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
3598 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
3599 purposes including additional configuration.
3600
3601 @itemize @bullet
3602 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
3603 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
3604 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
3605 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
3606
3607 This name is also used to create the target object command,
3608 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
3609 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
3610 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{target types}.
3611 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
3612 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
3613 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
3614 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
3615
3616 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
3617 @end itemize
3618 @end deffn
3619
3620 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
3621 The options accepted by this command may also be
3622 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
3623 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
3624 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
3625
3626 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
3627 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
3628 and changing its endianness or variant.
3629
3630 @itemize @bullet
3631
3632 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
3633 used to access this target.
3634
3635 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
3636 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
3637
3638 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
3639 @xref{Target Events}.
3640 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
3641 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
3642 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
3643 same event name assigns only one handler.
3644
3645 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
3646 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
3647
3648 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
3649 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
3650 @emph{it is not backed up.}
3651 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
3652 since performing a backup slows down operations.
3653 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
3654 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
3655
3656 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
3657 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
3658 or virtual address is being used.
3659
3660 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
3661 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
3662
3663 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
3664 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
3665 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
3666 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
3667 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
3668
3669 @end itemize
3670 @end deffn
3671
3672 @section Other $target_name Commands
3673 @cindex object command
3674
3675 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
3676 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
3677
3678 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
3679 Once a button is created a button
3680 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
3681 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
3682 configure it like this:
3683
3684 @example
3685 # Create
3686 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
3687 # Modify
3688 .foobar configure -foreground blue
3689 # Query
3690 set x [.foobar cget -background]
3691 # Report
3692 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
3693 @end example
3694
3695 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
3696 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
3697
3698 @example
3699 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
3700 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
3701 @end example
3702
3703 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
3704
3705 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
3706 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
3707 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
3708 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
3709 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
3710 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
3711 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
3712 They are not otherwise documented here.
3713 @end deffn
3714
3715 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
3716 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
3717 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
3718 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
3719 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
3720 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
3721 the target side uses raw memory.
3722
3723 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
3724 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
3725 The script orientation comes from working with data
3726 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
3727 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
3728 and neither store nor return those values.
3729
3730 @itemize
3731 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
3732 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
3733 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
3734 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
3735 @end itemize
3736 @end deffn
3737
3738 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
3739 Each configuration parameter accepted by
3740 @command{$target_name configure}
3741 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
3742 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
3743 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
3744 There are a few special cases:
3745
3746 @itemize @bullet
3747 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
3748 event named @var{event_name}.
3749 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
3750 two parameters.
3751 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
3752 This is a special case because this is set using
3753 @command{target create} and can't be changed
3754 using @command{$target_name configure}.
3755 @end itemize
3756
3757 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
3758 all the targets you might use something like this:
3759
3760 @example
3761 foreach name [target names] @{
3762 set y [$name cget -endian]
3763 set z [$name cget -type]
3764 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
3765 $x $name $y $z]
3766 @}
3767 @end example
3768 @end deffn
3769
3770 @anchor{target curstate}
3771 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
3772 Displays the current target state:
3773 @code{debug-running},
3774 @code{halted},
3775 @code{reset},
3776 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
3777 (Also, @pxref{Event Polling}.)
3778 @end deffn
3779
3780 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
3781 Displays a table listing all event handlers
3782 currently associated with this target.
3783 @xref{Target Events}.
3784 @end deffn
3785
3786 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
3787 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
3788 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
3789 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
3790 @end deffn
3791
3792 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
3793 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
3794 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
3795 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
3796 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
3797 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
3798 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
3799 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
3800 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
3801 @end deffn
3802
3803 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
3804 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
3805 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
3806 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
3807 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
3808 at the specified address @var{addr}.
3809 @end deffn
3810
3811 @anchor{Target Events}
3812 @section Target Events
3813 @cindex target events
3814 @cindex events
3815 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
3816 For example:
3817 @itemize @bullet
3818 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
3819 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
3820 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
3821 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
3822 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
3823 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
3824 to set up system clocks or
3825 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
3826 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
3827 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
3828 @end itemize
3829
3830 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
3831 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
3832 @command{target create ... -event}.
3833
3834 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
3835 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
3836 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
3837
3838 @example
3839 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
3840 echo "Reset..."
3841 reset halt
3842 @}
3843 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
3844 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
3845 echo "Reset..."
3846 # To make flash probe and gdb load to flash work we need a reset init.
3847 reset init
3848 @}
3849 @end example
3850
3851 The following target events are defined:
3852
3853 @itemize @bullet
3854 @item @b{debug-halted}
3855 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
3856 @item @b{debug-resumed}
3857 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
3858 @item @b{early-halted}
3859 @* Occurs early in the halt process
3860 @ignore
3861 @item @b{examine-end}
3862 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine completes)
3863 @item @b{examine-start}
3864 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine starts)
3865 @end ignore
3866 @item @b{gdb-attach}
3867 @* When GDB connects. This is before any communication with the target, so this
3868 can be used to set up the target so it is possible to probe flash. Probing flash
3869 is necessary during gdb connect if gdb load is to write the image to flash. Another
3870 use of the flash memory map is for GDB to automatically hardware/software breakpoints
3871 depending on whether the breakpoint is in RAM or read only memory.
3872 @item @b{gdb-detach}
3873 @* When GDB disconnects
3874 @item @b{gdb-end}
3875 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
3876 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
3877 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
3878 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
3879 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
3880 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
3881 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
3882 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
3883 @* After GDB writes to the flash
3884 @item @b{gdb-start}
3885 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
3886 @item @b{halted}
3887 @* The target has halted
3888 @ignore
3889 @item @b{old-gdb_program_config}
3890 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3891 @item @b{old-pre_resume}
3892 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3893 @end ignore
3894 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
3895 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3896 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
3897 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
3898 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
3899 @item @b{reset-assert}
3900 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3901 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
3902 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
3903 it instead of asserting SRST.
3904 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
3905 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
3906 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
3907 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
3908 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3909 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
3910 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
3911 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
3912 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3913 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
3914 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
3915 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3916 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
3917 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
3918 released on the scan chain.
3919 @item @b{reset-end}
3920 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
3921 @ignore
3922 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
3923 @* Currently not used
3924 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
3925 @* Currently not used
3926 @end ignore
3927 @item @b{reset-init}
3928 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
3929 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
3930
3931 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
3932 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
3933 multiplexing, and so on.
3934 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
3935 the target clocks are fully set up.)
3936 @item @b{reset-start}
3937 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3938 before @command{reset_init} is called.
3939
3940 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
3941 or @command{adapter_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
3942 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
3943 @ignore
3944 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
3945 @* Currently not used
3946 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
3947 @* Currently not used
3948 @end ignore
3949 @item @b{resume-start}
3950 @* Before any target is resumed
3951 @item @b{resume-end}
3952 @* After all targets have resumed
3953 @item @b{resume-ok}
3954 @* Success
3955 @item @b{resumed}
3956 @* Target has resumed
3957 @end itemize
3958
3959
3960 @node Flash Commands
3961 @chapter Flash Commands
3962
3963 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
3964 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
3965 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
3966 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
3967 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
3968 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
3969 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
3970 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
3971 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
3972
3973 Flash Steps:
3974 @enumerate
3975 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
3976 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
3977 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
3978 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
3979 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
3980 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
3981 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
3982 @item GDB Flashing
3983 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
3984 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
3985 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
3986 @end enumerate
3987
3988 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
3989 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
3990 so that it can't boot.
3991 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
3992 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
3993
3994 @anchor{NOR Configuration}
3995 @section Flash Configuration Commands
3996 @cindex flash configuration
3997
3998 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
3999 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
4000 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
4001 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
4002 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
4003 see the driver-specific documentation.
4004
4005 @itemize @bullet
4006 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
4007 in other flash commands. A number is also available.
4008 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
4009 associated with the flash bank being declared.
4010 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
4011 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
4012 @xref{Flash Driver List}.
4013 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
4014 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
4015 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
4016 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
4017 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4018 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
4019 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4020 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
4021 commands to the flash controller.
4022 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4023 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
4024 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
4025 for more information.
4026 @end itemize
4027 @quotation Note
4028 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
4029 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
4030 @end quotation
4031 @end deffn
4032
4033 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
4034 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
4035 @deffn Command {flash banks}
4036 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
4037 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4038 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
4039 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
4040 @end deffn
4041
4042 @deffn Command {flash list}
4043 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
4044 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4045 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
4046 @end deffn
4047
4048 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
4049 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
4050 depends on the flash type.
4051 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4052 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
4053 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
4054 but most don't bother.
4055 @end deffn
4056
4057 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
4058 @cindex flash erasing
4059 @cindex flash reading
4060 @cindex flash writing
4061 @cindex flash programming
4062
4063 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
4064 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
4065 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
4066 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
4067 @xref{Memory access}, and @ref{Image access}.
4068
4069 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
4070 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
4071 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
4072 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
4073 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
4074
4075 @quotation Note
4076 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
4077 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
4078 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
4079 back to a flash bank.
4080 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
4081 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
4082 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
4083 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
4084 Avoid confusing the two command models.
4085 @end quotation
4086
4087 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
4088 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
4089 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
4090 disabled first.
4091 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
4092 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
4093 @xref{flash protect}.
4094
4095 @anchor{flash erase_sector}
4096 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
4097 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4098 up to and including @var{last}.
4099 Sector numbering starts at 0.
4100 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4101 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4102 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4103 @end deffn
4104
4105 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} [@option{pad}] [@option{unlock}] address length
4106 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
4107 Unless @option{pad} is specified, @math{address} must begin a
4108 flash sector, and @math{address + length - 1} must end a sector.
4109 Specifying @option{pad} erases extra data at the beginning and/or
4110 end of the specified region, as needed to erase only full sectors.
4111 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
4112 the specified length must stay within that bank.
4113 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
4114 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
4115 If @option{unlock} is specified, then the flash is unprotected
4116 before erase starts.
4117 @end deffn
4118
4119 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
4120 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
4121 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
4122 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4123 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4124 starting at @var{address} and continuing
4125 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
4126 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
4127 before issuing this command.
4128 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
4129 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
4130 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
4131 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
4132 @end deffn
4133 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
4134
4135 @anchor{flash write_bank}
4136 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
4137 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
4138 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4139 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4140 @end deffn
4141
4142 @anchor{flash write_image}
4143 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
4144 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
4145 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
4146 to the base address for each section in the image.
4147 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
4148 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
4149 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
4150 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
4151 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
4152 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
4153 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
4154 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the address of
4155 each image section.
4156
4157 @quotation Warning
4158 Be careful using the @option{erase} flag when the flash is holding
4159 data you want to preserve.
4160 Portions of the flash outside those described in the image's
4161 sections might be erased with no notice.
4162 @itemize
4163 @item
4164 When a section of the image being written does not fill out all the
4165 sectors it uses, the unwritten parts of those sectors are necessarily
4166 also erased, because sectors can't be partially erased.
4167 @item
4168 Data stored in sector "holes" between image sections are also affected.
4169 For example, "@command{flash write_image erase ...}" of an image with
4170 one byte at the beginning of a flash bank and one byte at the end
4171 erases the entire bank -- not just the two sectors being written.
4172 @end itemize
4173 Also, when flash protection is important, you must re-apply it after
4174 it has been removed by the @option{unlock} flag.
4175 @end quotation
4176
4177 @end deffn
4178
4179 @section Other Flash commands
4180 @cindex flash protection
4181
4182 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
4183 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
4184 and display that status.
4185 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4186 @end deffn
4187
4188 @deffn Command {flash info} num
4189 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
4190 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4191 This command will first query the hardware, it does not print cached
4192 and possibly stale information.
4193 @end deffn
4194
4195 @anchor{flash protect}
4196 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
4197 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
4198 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4199 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
4200 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4201 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4202 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4203 @end deffn
4204
4205 @anchor{Flash Driver List}
4206 @section Flash Driver List
4207 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
4208 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
4209 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
4210
4211 @subsection External Flash
4212
4213 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
4214 @cindex Common Flash Interface
4215 @cindex CFI
4216 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
4217 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
4218 specific external chip select on the CPU.
4219 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
4220 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
4221 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
4222 configure a bus and its timings), or
4223 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
4224 on the flash chip.
4225 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
4226 speed up operation.
4227
4228 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
4229
4230 @itemize
4231 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
4232 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
4233 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
4234 @end itemize
4235
4236 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
4237 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
4238
4239 @example
4240 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4241 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4242 @end example
4243
4244 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
4245 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
4246 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
4247
4248 @example
4249 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
4250 @end example
4251
4252 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
4253 @end deffn
4254
4255 @deffn {Flash Driver} spearsmi
4256 @cindex SPEAr Serial Memory Interface
4257 @cindex SMI
4258 @cindex spearsmi
4259 All members of SPEAr MPU family from STMicroelectronics include a
4260 ``Serial Memory Interface'' (SMI) controller able to drive external
4261 SPI flash devices.
4262 Depending on specific MPU and board configuration, up to 4 external
4263 flash devices can be connected.
4264
4265 SMI makes the flash content directly accessible in the CPU address
4266 space; each external device is mapped in a memory bank.
4267 CPU can directly read data, execute code and boot from SMI banks.
4268 Normal OpenOCD commands like @command{mdw} can be used to display
4269 the flash content.
4270
4271 The setup command only requires the @var{base} parameter in order
4272 to identify the memory bank.
4273 All other parameters are ignored. Additional information, like
4274 flash size, are detected automatically.
4275
4276 @example
4277 flash bank $_FLASHNAME spearsmi 0xf8000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4278 @end example
4279
4280 @end deffn
4281
4282 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
4283
4284 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
4285 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
4286 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4287 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
4288 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
4289 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
4290
4291 @example
4292 flash bank $_FLASHNAME aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4293 @end example
4294 @end deffn
4295
4296 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
4297 @cindex at91sam3
4298 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
4299 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
4300 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
4301 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
4302 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
4303 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
4304 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
4305 chips are confirmed.}
4306
4307 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
4308 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
4309 the following fixed locations:
4310
4311 @example
4312 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
4313 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4314 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
4315 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4316 @end example
4317
4318 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
4319 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
4320 to the @command{flash bank} command:
4321
4322 @itemize
4323 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
4324 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
4325 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
4326 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
4327 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
4328 @end itemize
4329
4330 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
4331
4332 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
4333 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
4334 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
4335 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
4336 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
4337 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
4338 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
4339
4340 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
4341 modifies that GPNVM bit.
4342 @end deffn
4343
4344 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
4345 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
4346 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
4347 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
4348 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
4349 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
4350 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
4351 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
4352 @end deffn
4353
4354 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
4355 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
4356 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
4357 @end deffn
4358 @end deffn
4359
4360 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
4361 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
4362 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
4363 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
4364 register, and autoconfigures itself.
4365
4366 @example
4367 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4368 @end example
4369
4370 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
4371 provide additional parameters in the following order:
4372
4373 @itemize
4374 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
4375 @item @var{banks}
4376 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
4377 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
4378 @item @var{pages_size}
4379 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
4380 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
4381 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
4382 @end itemize
4383
4384 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
4385 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
4386 will be autoconfigured.
4387 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
4388
4389 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
4390 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
4391 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
4392 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
4393 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
4394
4395 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
4396 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatile Memory'' (GPNVM)
4397 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
4398 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
4399 are not truly general purpose).
4400 @quotation Note
4401 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
4402 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
4403 @end quotation
4404 @end deffn
4405 @end deffn
4406
4407 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
4408 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
4409 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4410 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4411 @end deffn
4412
4413 @deffn {Flash Driver} ecosflash
4414 @emph{No idea what this is...}
4415 The @var{ecosflash} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4416 the name of a modules of target code which is downloaded
4417 and executed.
4418 @end deffn
4419
4420 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
4421 Most members of the LPC1700 and LPC2000 microcontroller families from NXP
4422 include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
4423
4424 @quotation Note
4425 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
4426 driver:
4427 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
4428 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
4429 @end quotation
4430
4431 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
4432 which must appear in the following order:
4433
4434 @itemize
4435 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
4436 @option{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
4437 @option{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
4438 or @option{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
4439 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
4440 at which the core is running
4441 @item @option{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
4442 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
4443 @quotation Note
4444 If you don't provide @option{calc_checksum} when you're writing the vector
4445 table, the boot ROM will almost certainly ignore your flash image.
4446 However, if you do provide it,
4447 with most tool chains @command{verify_image} will fail.
4448 @end quotation
4449 @end itemize
4450
4451 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4452
4453 @example
4454 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
4455 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
4456 @end example
4457
4458 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
4459 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
4460 the specified flash @var{bank}.
4461 @end deffn
4462 @end deffn
4463
4464 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
4465 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
4466 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
4467 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4468 the programming clock rate in Hz.
4469 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4470
4471 @example
4472 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
4473 @end example
4474 @end deffn
4475
4476 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
4477 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
4478 from NXP.
4479
4480 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
4481 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
4482 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
4483 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
4484 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
4485 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
4486 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
4487 you start the PLL.
4488
4489 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
4490
4491 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
4492 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
4493 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
4494
4495 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
4496 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
4497 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
4498 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
4499 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
4500 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
4501 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
4502
4503 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
4504 @example
4505 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
4506 @end example
4507
4508 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
4509 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
4510 @code{flash banks} command.
4511
4512 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
4513 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
4514 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
4515 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
4516 a known signature.
4517 Example:
4518 @example
4519 lpc2900 signature 0
4520 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
4521 @end example
4522 @end deffn
4523
4524 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
4525 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
4526 saves it to a file in binary format.
4527 Example:
4528 @example
4529 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
4530 @end example
4531 @end deffn
4532
4533 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
4534 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
4535 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
4536 command:
4537
4538 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
4539 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
4540 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
4541 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
4542
4543 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
4544 Example:
4545 @example
4546 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
4547 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
4548 @end example
4549 @end deffn
4550
4551 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
4552 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
4553 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
4554 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
4555 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
4556 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
4557 912 bytes.
4558 @quotation Attention
4559 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4560 @end quotation
4561 Example:
4562 @example
4563 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
4564 @end example
4565 @end deffn
4566
4567 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
4568 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
4569 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
4570 after the next power cycle.
4571 @quotation Attention
4572 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4573 @end quotation
4574 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
4575 Example:
4576 @example
4577 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
4578 flash info 0
4579 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
4580 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4581 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
4582 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4583 @end example
4584 @end deffn
4585
4586 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
4587 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
4588 effective after the next power cycle.
4589 @quotation Attention
4590 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4591 @end quotation
4592 Examples:
4593 @example
4594 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
4595 @end example
4596 @end deffn
4597 @end deffn
4598
4599 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
4600 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
4601
4602 @example
4603 flash bank $_FLASHNAME ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4604 @end example
4605 @end deffn
4606
4607 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
4608 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
4609 and integrate flash memory.
4610
4611 @example
4612 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4613 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1d000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4614 @end example
4615
4616 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
4617 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4618 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
4619 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
4620 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
4621 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
4622 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
4623 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
4624 @end deffn
4625 @deffn Command {pic32mx unlock} bank
4626 Unlock and erase specified chip @var{bank}.
4627 This will remove any Code Protection.
4628 @end deffn
4629 @end deffn
4630
4631 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
4632 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
4633 Texas Instruments
4634 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4635 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4636 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4637 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
4638 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4639 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4640
4641 @example
4642 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4643 @end example
4644 @end deffn
4645
4646 @deffn Command {stellaris recover bank_id}
4647 Performs the @emph{Recovering a "Locked" Device} procedure to
4648 restore the flash specified by @var{bank_id} and its associated
4649 nonvolatile registers to their factory default values (erased).
4650 This is the only way to remove flash protection or re-enable
4651 debugging if that capability has been disabled.
4652
4653 Note that the final "power cycle the chip" step in this procedure
4654 must be performed by hand, since OpenOCD can't do it.
4655 @quotation Warning
4656 if more than one Stellaris chip is connected, the procedure is
4657 applied to all of them.
4658 @end quotation
4659 @end deffn
4660
4661 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32x
4662 All members of the STM32 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4663 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4664 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4665 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4666
4667 @example
4668 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4669 @end example
4670
4671 Some stm32x-specific commands
4672 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32x mass_erase} command.
4673 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4674 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4675 are defined:
4676
4677 @deffn Command {stm32x lock} num
4678 Locks the entire stm32 device.
4679 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4680 @end deffn
4681
4682 @deffn Command {stm32x unlock} num
4683 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
4684 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4685 @end deffn
4686
4687 @deffn Command {stm32x options_read} num
4688 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
4689 the @command{stm32x options_write} command.
4690 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4691 @end deffn
4692
4693 @deffn Command {stm32x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
4694 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
4695 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4696 @end deffn
4697 @end deffn
4698
4699 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
4700 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4701 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4702 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
4703 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
4704
4705 @example
4706 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
4707 @end example
4708
4709 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
4710 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
4711 for the specified flash bank.
4712 @end deffn
4713 @end deffn
4714
4715 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
4716 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4717 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
4718 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
4719 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
4720
4721 @example
4722 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4723 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
4724 @end example
4725
4726 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
4727 Configures the str9 flash controller.
4728 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4729
4730 @itemize @bullet
4731 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
4732 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
4733 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4734 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4735 @end itemize
4736 @end deffn
4737
4738 @end deffn
4739
4740 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
4741 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
4742 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4743 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4744
4745 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
4746
4747 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
4748 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
4749 @end deffn
4750
4751 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
4752 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
4753 @end deffn
4754
4755 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
4756 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
4757 the flash clock.
4758 @end deffn
4759 @end deffn
4760
4761 @deffn {Flash Driver} virtual
4762 This is a special driver that maps a previously defined bank to another
4763 address. All bank settings will be copied from the master physical bank.
4764
4765 The @var{virtual} driver defines one mandatory parameters,
4766
4767 @itemize
4768 @item @var{master_bank} The bank that this virtual address refers to.
4769 @end itemize
4770
4771 So in the following example addresses 0xbfc00000 and 0x9fc00000 refer to
4772 the flash bank defined at address 0x1fc00000. Any cmds executed on
4773 the virtual banks are actually performed on the physical banks.
4774 @example
4775 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pic32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4776 flash bank vbank0 virtual 0xbfc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
4777 flash bank vbank1 virtual 0x9fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
4778 @end example
4779 @end deffn
4780
4781 @subsection str9xpec driver
4782 @cindex str9xpec
4783
4784 Here is some background info to help
4785 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
4786 the str9:
4787 @enumerate
4788 @item
4789 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
4790 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
4791 @item
4792 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
4793 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
4794 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
4795 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
4796 @end enumerate
4797
4798 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
4799 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
4800 configured for flash bank 0.
4801 @example
4802 # assert srst, we do not want core running
4803 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
4804 jtag_reset 0 1
4805 # turn off target polling
4806 poll off
4807 # disable str9 core
4808 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
4809 # read option bytes
4810 str9xpec options_read 0
4811 # re-enable str9 core
4812 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
4813 poll on
4814 reset halt
4815 @end example
4816 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
4817 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
4818 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
4819 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
4820
4821 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
4822 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
4823 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
4824 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
4825 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
4826
4827 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
4828
4829 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
4830 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
4831 @end deffn
4832
4833 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
4834 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
4835 directly to the embedded flash controller.
4836 @end deffn
4837
4838 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
4839 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
4840 erase the device.
4841 @end deffn
4842
4843 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
4844 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
4845 @end deffn
4846
4847 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
4848 Configure str9 boot bank.
4849 @end deffn
4850
4851 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4852 Configure str9 lvd source.
4853 @end deffn
4854
4855 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
4856 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
4857 @end deffn
4858
4859 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4860 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
4861 @end deffn
4862
4863 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
4864 Read str9 option bytes.
4865 @end deffn
4866
4867 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
4868 Write str9 option bytes.
4869 @end deffn
4870
4871 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
4872 unlock str9 device.
4873 @end deffn
4874
4875 @end deffn
4876
4877
4878 @section mFlash
4879
4880 @subsection mFlash Configuration
4881 @cindex mFlash Configuration
4882
4883 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
4884 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
4885 address @var{base}.
4886 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
4887 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
4888
4889 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
4890
4891 @example
4892 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
4893 @end example
4894
4895 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
4896
4897 @example
4898 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
4899 @end example
4900 @end deffn
4901
4902 @subsection mFlash commands
4903 @cindex mFlash commands
4904
4905 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
4906 Configure mflash PLL.
4907 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
4908 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
4909 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
4910 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
4911 @end deffn
4912
4913 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
4914 Configure bootable option.
4915 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
4916 (4kB) for boot.
4917 @end deffn
4918
4919 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
4920 Configure storage information.
4921 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
4922 written.
4923 @end deffn
4924
4925 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
4926 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
4927 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
4928 @end deffn
4929
4930 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
4931 Probe mflash.
4932 @end deffn
4933
4934 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
4935 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
4936 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4937 @end deffn
4938
4939 @node NAND Flash Commands
4940 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
4941 @cindex NAND
4942
4943 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
4944 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
4945 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
4946
4947 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
4948 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
4949 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
4950 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
4951 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
4952 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
4953
4954 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
4955 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
4956 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
4957 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
4958 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
4959 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
4960 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
4961 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
4962 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
4963 with techniques such as wear leveling.
4964
4965 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
4966 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
4967 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
4968 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
4969 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
4970 every 512 bytes of data.
4971
4972 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
4973 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
4974 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
4975 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
4976 ECC mode is used.
4977
4978 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
4979 @enumerate
4980 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
4981 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4982 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
4983 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
4984 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
4985 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
4986 to access that device.
4987 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
4988 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4989 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
4990 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
4991 de-brick a board.
4992 @end enumerate
4993
4994 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
4995 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
4996 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
4997 are only 32 bits wide.
4998 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
4999 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
5000 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
5001 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
5002
5003 @anchor{NAND Configuration}
5004 @section NAND Configuration Commands
5005 @cindex NAND configuration
5006
5007 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
5008 plus some additional configuration that's done after
5009 OpenOCD has initialized.
5010
5011 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name driver target [configparams...]
5012 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
5013 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
5014 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
5015 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
5016 they were a single (larger) device.
5017 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
5018 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
5019
5020 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
5021 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
5022 configuration files, not interactively.
5023
5024 @itemize @bullet
5025 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
5026 in most other NAND commands. A number is also available.
5027 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the NAND controller driver
5028 associated with the NAND device being declared.
5029 @xref{NAND Driver List}.
5030 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
5031 commands to the NAND controller.
5032 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
5033 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
5034 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
5035 for more information.
5036 @end itemize
5037 @end deffn
5038
5039 @deffn Command {nand list}
5040 Prints a summary of each device declared
5041 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
5042 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
5043 @example
5044 > nand list
5045 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5046 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5047 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5048 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5049 >
5050 @end example
5051 @end deffn
5052
5053 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
5054 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
5055 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
5056 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5057 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
5058 it with most other NAND commands.
5059 @end deffn
5060
5061 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
5062
5063 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
5064 @cindex NAND reading
5065 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
5066 starting at the specified offset.
5067 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5068
5069 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5070 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5071
5072 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
5073 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
5074 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
5075
5076 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
5077 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
5078 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
5079 method which handled that error correction.
5080
5081 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
5082 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
5083 @itemize @bullet
5084 @item no oob_* parameter
5085 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
5086 @item @code{oob_raw}
5087 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
5088 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
5089 spare areas associated with each data page.
5090 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
5091 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
5092 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
5093 @item @code{oob_only}
5094 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
5095 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
5096 spare areas associated with each data page.
5097 @end itemize
5098 @end deffn
5099
5100 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
5101 @cindex NAND erasing
5102 @cindex NAND programming
5103 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
5104 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
5105 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5106 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5107 If those parameters are not specified,
5108 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
5109 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5110
5111 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
5112 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
5113 block marker.
5114 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
5115 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
5116 @end deffn
5117
5118 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
5119 @cindex NAND writing
5120 @cindex NAND programming
5121 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
5122 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
5123 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
5124 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5125
5126 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5127 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5128
5129 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5130 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
5131 past the end of the device.
5132 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
5133 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
5134 if that's being written.)
5135
5136 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
5137 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
5138 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
5139
5140 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
5141 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
5142 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
5143 @itemize @bullet
5144 @item no oob_* parameter
5145 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5146 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
5147 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5148 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
5149 with hardware-computed ECC data.
5150 @item @code{oob_only}
5151 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
5152 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
5153 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
5154 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
5155 @item @code{oob_raw}
5156 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
5157 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
5158 un-altered OOB.
5159 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5160 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
5161 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
5162 @item @code{oob_softecc}
5163 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5164 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
5165 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
5166 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5167 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5168 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
5169 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5170 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
5171 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
5172 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5173 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5174 @end itemize
5175 @end deffn
5176
5177 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
5178 @cindex NAND verification
5179 @cindex NAND programming
5180 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
5181 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
5182 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5183
5184 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5185 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5186
5187 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5188 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
5189 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
5190 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
5191 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
5192
5193 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
5194 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
5195 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
5196
5197 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
5198 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
5199 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
5200 be removed in a future release.
5201 @end deffn
5202
5203 @section Other NAND commands
5204 @cindex NAND other commands
5205
5206 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} num [offset length]
5207 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
5208 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
5209 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
5210 continues for @var{length} bytes.
5211 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5212 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5213 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5214
5215 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
5216 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
5217 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
5218 @end deffn
5219
5220 @deffn Command {nand info} num
5221 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5222 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
5223 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
5224 status for each block.
5225 @end deffn
5226
5227 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5228 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
5229 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5230
5231 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
5232 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
5233 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
5234 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
5235 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
5236
5237 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
5238 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
5239 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
5240 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
5241 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
5242 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
5243 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
5244 @end deffn
5245
5246 @anchor{NAND Driver List}
5247 @section NAND Driver List
5248 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
5249 driver-specific options and behaviors.
5250 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
5251
5252 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
5253 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
5254 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
5255 address of the ECC controller.
5256 @example
5257 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
5258 @end example
5259 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
5260 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
5261 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
5262 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
5263 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
5264 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
5265 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
5266 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5267 @end deffn
5268 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
5269 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
5270 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5271 @end deffn
5272
5273 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
5274 properly configured for input or output.
5275 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
5276 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
5277 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5278 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5279 @end deffn
5280 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
5281 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
5282 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5283 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5284 @end deffn
5285 @end deffn
5286
5287 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
5288 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
5289 chips from Texas Instruments.
5290 It takes three extra parameters:
5291 address of the NAND chip;
5292 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
5293 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
5294 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
5295 @example
5296 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
5297 @end example
5298 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
5299 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
5300 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
5301 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
5302 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
5303 @end deffn
5304
5305 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
5306 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5307 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
5308 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
5309 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
5310 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
5311 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5312 @end deffn
5313
5314 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
5315 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
5316 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
5317 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
5318 @end deffn
5319 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
5320
5321 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
5322 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5323 parameter: the address of the controller.
5324 @example
5325 nand device orion 0xd8000000
5326 @end example
5327 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
5328 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5329 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5330 change any behavior.
5331 @end deffn
5332
5333 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
5334 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
5335 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
5336 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
5337 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c6400
5338 These S3C family controllers don't have any special
5339 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
5340 specialized commands.
5341 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5342 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5343 change any behavior.
5344 @end deffn
5345
5346 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
5347 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
5348 @cindex PLD
5349 @cindex FPGA
5350
5351 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
5352 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
5353 OpenOCD can support programming them.
5354 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
5355 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
5356 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
5357 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
5358
5359 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
5360
5361 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
5362 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
5363 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
5364
5365 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
5366 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
5367
5368 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
5369 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
5370 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
5371 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
5372 behavior.
5373 @end deffn
5374
5375 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
5376 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
5377 @end deffn
5378
5379 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
5380 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
5381 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
5382 @end deffn
5383
5384 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
5385
5386 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
5387 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
5388 that particular type of PLD.
5389
5390 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
5391 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
5392 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
5393 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
5394 and one driver-specific command is defined.
5395
5396 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
5397 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
5398 for FPGA @var{num}.
5399 @end deffn
5400 @end deffn
5401
5402 @node General Commands
5403 @chapter General Commands
5404 @cindex commands
5405
5406 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
5407 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
5408 commands are documented elsewhere.
5409
5410 Intent:
5411 @itemize @bullet
5412 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
5413 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
5414 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
5415 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
5416
5417 @item @b{From the human}
5418 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
5419 or via GDB (default port 3333).
5420
5421 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
5422 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
5423 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
5424
5425 @item @b{Machine Interface}
5426 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
5427 port is 5555.
5428 @end itemize
5429
5430
5431 @section Daemon Commands
5432
5433 @deffn {Command} exit
5434 Exits the current telnet session.
5435 @end deffn
5436
5437 @deffn {Command} help [string]
5438 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
5439 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
5440 Not every command provides helptext.
5441
5442 Configuration commands, and commands valid at any time, are
5443 explicitly noted in parenthesis.
5444 In most cases, no such restriction is listed; this indicates commands
5445 which are only available after the configuration stage has completed.
5446 @end deffn
5447
5448 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
5449 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
5450 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
5451 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
5452 Useful in connection with script files
5453 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
5454 @end deffn
5455
5456 @deffn Command shutdown
5457 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
5458 @end deffn
5459
5460 @anchor{debug_level}
5461 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
5462 @cindex message level
5463 Display debug level.
5464 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
5465 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
5466 Level 0 is error messages only;
5467 level 1 adds warnings;
5468 level 2 adds informational messages;
5469 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
5470 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
5471 the command line along with the location of that log
5472 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
5473 @xref{Running}.
5474 @end deffn
5475
5476 @deffn Command echo [-n] message
5477 Logs a message at "user" priority.
5478 Output @var{message} to stdout.
5479 Option "-n" suppresses trailing newline.
5480 @example
5481 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
5482 @end example
5483 @end deffn
5484
5485 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
5486 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
5487 the initial log output channel is stderr.
5488 @end deffn
5489
5490 @deffn Command add_script_search_dir [directory]
5491 Add @var{directory} to the file/script search path.
5492 @end deffn
5493
5494 @anchor{Target State handling}
5495 @section Target State handling
5496 @cindex reset
5497 @cindex halt
5498 @cindex target initialization
5499
5500 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
5501 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
5502 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
5503 a current target which is used to perform the
5504 various operations. The current target may be changed
5505 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
5506 target which should become current.
5507
5508 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
5509 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
5510 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
5511 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
5512 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
5513
5514 @emph{With no arguments}:
5515 list all available registers for the current target,
5516 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
5517 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
5518 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
5519 are flagged as such.
5520
5521 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
5522
5523 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
5524 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
5525 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
5526 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
5527 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
5528 relevant module will flush such values.
5529
5530 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
5531 Debug and trace infrastructure:
5532
5533 @example
5534 > reg
5535 ===== ARM registers
5536 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
5537 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
5538 (2) r2 (/32)
5539 ...
5540 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
5541 >
5542 @end example
5543 @end deffn
5544
5545 @deffn Command halt [ms]
5546 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
5547 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
5548 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
5549 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
5550 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
5551 (and enter debug mode).
5552 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
5553
5554 @quotation Warning
5555 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
5556 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
5557 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
5558 power mode by gating the core clock;
5559 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
5560
5561 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
5562 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
5563 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
5564 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
5565 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
5566 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
5567
5568 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
5569 work with a JTAG debugger.
5570 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
5571 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
5572 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
5573 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
5574 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
5575 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
5576 @end quotation
5577
5578 @end deffn
5579
5580 @deffn Command resume [address]
5581 Resume the target at its current code position,
5582 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5583 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
5584 @end deffn
5585
5586 @deffn Command step [address]
5587 Single-step the target at its current code position,
5588 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5589 @end deffn
5590
5591 @anchor{Reset Command}
5592 @deffn Command reset
5593 @deffnx Command {reset run}
5594 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
5595 @deffnx Command {reset init}
5596 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
5597 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
5598 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
5599
5600 The optional parameter specifies what should
5601 happen after the reset.
5602 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
5603 The other options will not work on all systems.
5604 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
5605
5606 @itemize @minus
5607 @item @b{run} Let the target run
5608 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
5609 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
5610 @end itemize
5611 @end deffn
5612
5613 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
5614 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
5615 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
5616 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
5617 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
5618 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
5619 state.
5620 @end deffn
5621
5622 @section I/O Utilities
5623
5624 These commands are available when
5625 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
5626 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
5627 notably the ZY1000.
5628 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
5629
5630 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
5631
5632 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
5633 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
5634 the text file @file{filename}.
5635 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
5636 The last string is followed by a newline.
5637 @end deffn
5638
5639 @deffn Command cat filename
5640 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
5641 @end deffn
5642
5643 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
5644 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
5645 into @file{dest_filename}.
5646 @end deffn
5647
5648 @deffn Command ip
5649 @emph{No description provided.}
5650 @end deffn
5651
5652 @deffn Command ls
5653 @emph{No description provided.}
5654 @end deffn
5655
5656 @deffn Command mac
5657 @emph{No description provided.}
5658 @end deffn
5659
5660 @deffn Command meminfo
5661 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
5662 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
5663 @end deffn
5664
5665 @deffn Command peek
5666 @emph{No description provided.}
5667 @end deffn
5668
5669 @deffn Command poke
5670 @emph{No description provided.}
5671 @end deffn
5672
5673 @deffn Command rm filename
5674 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
5675 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
5676 @end deffn
5677
5678 @deffn Command trunc filename
5679 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
5680 @end deffn
5681
5682 @anchor{Memory access}
5683 @section Memory access commands
5684 @cindex memory access
5685
5686 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
5687 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
5688 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
5689 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
5690
5691 @enumerate
5692 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
5693 to change the current target.
5694 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
5695 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
5696 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
5697 @end enumerate
5698
5699 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
5700 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
5701 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
5702 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
5703 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
5704 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
5705 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5706 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5707 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5708 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5709 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
5710 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
5711 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
5712 @end deffn
5713
5714 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
5715 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
5716 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
5717 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
5718 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
5719 at the specified address @var{addr}.
5720 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5721 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5722 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5723 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5724 @end deffn
5725
5726
5727 @anchor{Image access}
5728 @section Image loading commands
5729 @cindex image loading
5730 @cindex image dumping
5731
5732 @anchor{dump_image}
5733 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
5734 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
5735 binary file named @var{filename}.
5736 @end deffn
5737
5738 @deffn Command {fast_load}
5739 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
5740 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
5741 @end deffn
5742
5743 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5744 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
5745 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
5746 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
5747 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
5748 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
5749 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
5750 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
5751 separately.
5752 @end deffn
5753
5754 @anchor{load_image}
5755 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [[@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}] @option{min_addr} @option{max_length}]
5756 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory offset by @var{address} from its load address.
5757 The file format may optionally be specified
5758 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf}).
5759 In addition the following arguments may be specifed:
5760 @var{min_addr} - ignore data below @var{min_addr} (this is w.r.t. to the target's load address + @var{address})
5761 @var{max_length} - maximum number of bytes to load.
5762 @example
5763 proc load_image_bin @{fname foffset address length @} @{
5764 # Load data from fname filename at foffset offset to
5765 # target at address. Load at most length bytes.
5766 load_image $fname [expr $address - $foffset] bin $address $length
5767 @}
5768 @end example
5769 @end deffn
5770
5771 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
5772 Displays image section sizes and addresses
5773 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
5774 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
5775 The file format may optionally be specified
5776 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5777 @end deffn
5778
5779 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5780 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
5781 The file format may optionally be specified
5782 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5783 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
5784 @end deffn
5785
5786
5787 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
5788 @cindex breakpoint
5789 @cindex watchpoint
5790
5791 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
5792 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
5793 watchpoints.
5794 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
5795
5796 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
5797 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
5798 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
5799 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5800 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
5801 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
5802
5803 (@xref{arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscale vector_catch},
5804 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
5805 @end deffn
5806
5807 @deffn Command {rbp} address
5808 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
5809 @end deffn
5810
5811 @deffn Command {rwp} address
5812 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
5813 @end deffn
5814
5815 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
5816 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
5817 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5818 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
5819 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
5820 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
5821 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
5822 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
5823 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
5824 @end deffn
5825
5826 @section Misc Commands
5827
5828 @cindex profiling
5829 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
5830 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
5831 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
5832 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
5833 @end deffn
5834
5835 @deffn Command {version}
5836 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
5837 @end deffn
5838
5839 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
5840 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
5841 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
5842 @end deffn
5843
5844 @node Architecture and Core Commands
5845 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
5846 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
5847 @cindex Core Specific Commands
5848
5849 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
5850 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
5851 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
5852 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
5853
5854 @anchor{ARM Hardware Tracing}
5855 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
5856 @cindex tracing
5857 @cindex ETM
5858 @cindex ETB
5859
5860 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
5861 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
5862 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
5863
5864 @itemize
5865 @item
5866 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
5867 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
5868 supports such an interface.
5869 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
5870 and trace port support.)
5871 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
5872 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
5873 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
5874 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
5875 in the board-specific configuration file.
5876 @item
5877 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
5878 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
5879 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
5880 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
5881 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
5882 @end itemize
5883
5884 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
5885
5886 @quotation Issues
5887 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
5888 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
5889
5890 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
5891 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
5892 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
5893 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
5894 dummy trace port driver}.
5895
5896 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
5897 as well as tracing only during specific states
5898 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
5899
5900 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
5901 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
5902 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
5903 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
5904 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
5905
5906 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
5907 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
5908 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
5909 this original style of JTAG access.
5910 @end quotation
5911
5912 @subsection ETM Configuration
5913 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
5914
5915 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
5916 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
5917 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{Trace Port Drivers}.
5918
5919 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
5920 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
5921 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
5922 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
5923 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
5924 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
5925 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
5926 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
5927 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
5928
5929 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
5930 or @option{demultiplexed}.
5931 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
5932
5933 @quotation Warning
5934 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
5935 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
5936 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
5937 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
5938 @end quotation
5939
5940 @quotation Note
5941 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
5942 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
5943 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
5944 what CPU activities are traced.
5945 @end quotation
5946 @end deffn
5947
5948 @deffn Command {etm info}
5949 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
5950 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
5951 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
5952 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
5953 @end deffn
5954
5955 @deffn Command {etm status}
5956 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
5957 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
5958 Did trace data overflow?
5959 Was it triggered?
5960 @end deffn
5961
5962 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
5963 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
5964 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
5965 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
5966 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
5967
5968 @itemize
5969 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
5970 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
5971 The value is one of
5972 @option{none} (save nothing),
5973 @option{data} (save data),
5974 @option{address} (save addresses),
5975 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
5976 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
5977 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
5978 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
5979 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
5980 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
5981 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
5982 trace stream without an image of the code.
5983 @end itemize
5984 @end deffn
5985
5986 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5987 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
5988 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
5989 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
5990 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
5991
5992 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
5993 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
5994 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
5995 @end deffn
5996
5997 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
5998
5999 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
6000 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
6001 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
6002
6003 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
6004 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
6005 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
6006 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
6007 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
6008 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
6009 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
6010
6011 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
6012
6013 @itemize
6014 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
6015 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
6016 for instruction access within that function's body.
6017 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
6018 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
6019 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
6020 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
6021 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
6022 combining one of the above models with a counter.
6023 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
6024 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
6025 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
6026 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
6027 @item @emph{... more}
6028 @end itemize
6029
6030 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
6031 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
6032
6033 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
6034 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
6035 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
6036 @end deffn
6037
6038 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
6039 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
6040 @end deffn
6041
6042 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
6043 Opens an image file.
6044 @end deffn
6045
6046 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
6047 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
6048 @end deffn
6049
6050 @deffn Command {etm start}
6051 Starts trace data collection.
6052 @end deffn
6053
6054 @deffn Command {etm stop}
6055 Stops trace data collection.
6056 @end deffn
6057
6058 @anchor{Trace Port Drivers}
6059 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
6060
6061 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
6062
6063 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
6064 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6065 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
6066 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
6067 any trace data collection.}
6068 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
6069 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
6070 @end deffn
6071 @end deffn
6072
6073 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
6074 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
6075 to use on-chip ETB memory.
6076 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
6077 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
6078 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
6079 @end deffn
6080 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
6081 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
6082 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
6083 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
6084 trace trigger becomes active.
6085
6086 @itemize
6087 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
6088 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
6089 afterwards.
6090 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
6091 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
6092 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
6093 what caused that event to happen.
6094 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
6095 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
6096 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
6097 how the event caused trouble.
6098 @end itemize
6099 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
6100 @end deffn
6101
6102 @end deffn
6103
6104 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
6105 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
6106 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
6107 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
6108 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
6109
6110 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6111 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
6112
6113 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
6114 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
6115 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
6116 @end deffn
6117
6118 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
6119 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
6120 @end deffn
6121
6122 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
6123 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
6124 @end deffn
6125 @end deffn
6126
6127
6128 @section Generic ARM
6129 @cindex ARM
6130
6131 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
6132 They are available in addition to other core-specific
6133 commands that may be available.
6134
6135 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
6136 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
6137 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
6138 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
6139 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6140 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
6141 @end deffn
6142
6143 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
6144 @cindex disassemble
6145 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
6146 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
6147 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
6148 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
6149 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
6150 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6151 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
6152
6153 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
6154 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
6155 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
6156 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
6157 with a handful of exceptions.
6158 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
6159 @end deffn
6160
6161 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
6162 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
6163 passing parameters @var{CRn},
6164 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6165 and using the MCR instruction.
6166 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6167 an ARM register.)
6168 @end deffn
6169
6170 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
6171 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
6172 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6173 and the MRC instruction.
6174 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
6175 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6176 an ARM register.)
6177 @end deffn
6178
6179 @deffn Command {arm reg}
6180 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
6181 core mode if necessary.
6182 @end deffn
6183
6184 @deffn Command {arm semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6185 @cindex ARM semihosting
6186 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
6187
6188 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
6189 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
6190 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
6191 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
6192 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
6193 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
6194 @end deffn
6195
6196 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
6197 @cindex ARMv4
6198 @cindex ARMv5
6199
6200 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
6201 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
6202 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
6203 variant.
6204
6205 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
6206 @cindex ARM7
6207 @cindex ARM9
6208
6209 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
6210 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
6211 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
6212 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
6213
6214 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6215 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the
6216 the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
6217 instead of breakpoints.
6218 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6219
6220 This should be
6221 safe for all but ARM7TDMI-S cores (like NXP LPC).
6222 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
6223 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
6224 @end deffn
6225
6226 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6227 @cindex DCC
6228 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the debug communications
6229 channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte) amounts of memory.
6230 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6231
6232 DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
6233 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
6234 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
6235 @end deffn
6236
6237 @anchor{arm7_9 fast_memory_access}
6238 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6239 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of memory writes and reads
6240 that don't check completion of the operation.
6241 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6242
6243 This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
6244 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
6245 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
6246 @end deffn
6247
6248 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
6249 @cindex ARM720T
6250
6251 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
6252 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6253 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
6254 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
6255
6256 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} opcode [value]
6257 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6258 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6259
6260 Display cp15 register returned by the ARM instruction @var{opcode};
6261 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6262 The @var{opcode} should be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction.
6263 @end deffn
6264
6265 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
6266 @cindex ARM9
6267
6268 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
6269 integer processors.
6270 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
6271
6272 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
6273 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
6274 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
6275 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
6276
6277 @anchor{arm9 vector_catch}
6278 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6279 @cindex vector_catch
6280 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
6281 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
6282 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
6283 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
6284 to those hardware vectors.
6285
6286 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
6287 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
6288 vector catch hardware to intercept
6289 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
6290 @option{none} of them,
6291 or a list with one or more of the following:
6292 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
6293 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
6294 @end deffn
6295
6296 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
6297 @cindex ARM920T
6298
6299 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
6300 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6301 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
6302 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6303 and ARM9 commands.
6304
6305 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
6306 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
6307 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
6308 @end deffn
6309
6310 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
6311 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6312 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6313 This uses "physical access" and the register number is as
6314 shown in bits 38..33 of table 9-9 in the ARM920T TRM.
6315 (Not all registers can be written.)
6316 @end deffn
6317
6318 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
6319 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6320 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6321
6322 Interpreted access using ARM instruction @var{opcode}, which should
6323 be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction
6324 (as shown tables 9-11, 9-12, and 9-13 in the ARM920T TRM).
6325 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
6326 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
6327 or using zero if no other address is provided.
6328 @end deffn
6329
6330 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
6331 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
6332 @end deffn
6333
6334 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
6335 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
6336 @end deffn
6337
6338 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
6339 @cindex ARM926ej-s
6340
6341 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
6342 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
6343 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
6344 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6345 and ARM9 commands.
6346
6347 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
6348 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
6349
6350 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
6351 Print information about the caches found.
6352 @end deffn
6353
6354 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
6355 @cindex ARM966E
6356
6357 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
6358 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6359 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6360 and ARM9 commands.
6361
6362 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
6363 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6364 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6365 The six bit @var{regnum} values are bits 37..32 from table 7-2 of the
6366 ARM966E-S TRM.
6367 There is no current control over bits 31..30 from that table,
6368 as required for BIST support.
6369 @end deffn
6370
6371 @subsection XScale specific commands
6372 @cindex XScale
6373
6374 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
6375
6376 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
6377 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
6378 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
6379 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
6380 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
6381 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
6382 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
6383
6384 To address this situation, OpenOCD provides the @code{xscale
6385 vector_table} command, which allows the user to explicity write
6386 individual entries to either the high or low vector table stored in
6387 the mini-IC.
6388
6389 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
6390 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
6391 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
6392 code layout in memory:
6393 @example
6394 _vectors:
6395 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6396 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6397 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6398 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6399 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6400 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6401 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6402 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6403 .org 0x100
6404 .long real_reset_vector
6405 .long real_ui_handler
6406 .long real_swi_handler
6407 .long real_pf_abort
6408 .long real_data_abort
6409 .long 0 /* unused */
6410 .long real_irq_handler
6411 .long real_fiq_handler
6412 @end example
6413
6414 Alternatively, you may choose to keep some or all of the mini-IC
6415 vector table entries synced with those written to memory by your
6416 system software. The mini-IC can not be modified while the processor
6417 is executing, but for each vector table entry not previously defined
6418 using the @code{xscale vector_table} command, OpenOCD will copy the
6419 value from memory to the mini-IC every time execution resumes from a
6420 halt. This is done for both high and low vector tables (although the
6421 table not in use may not be mapped to valid memory, and in this case
6422 that copy operation will silently fail). This means that you will
6423 need to briefly halt execution at some strategic point during system
6424 start-up; e.g., after the software has initialized the vector table,
6425 but before exceptions are enabled. A breakpoint can be used to
6426 accomplish this once the appropriate location in the start-up code has
6427 been identified. A watchpoint over the vector table region is helpful
6428 in finding the location if you're not sure. Note that the same
6429 situation exists any time the vector table is modified by the system
6430 software.
6431
6432 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
6433 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
6434 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
6435 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
6436
6437 XScale has resources to support two hardware breakpoints and two
6438 watchpoints. However, the following restrictions on watchpoint
6439 functionality apply: (1) the value and mask arguments to the @code{wp}
6440 command are not supported, (2) the watchpoint length must be a
6441 power of two and not less than four, and can not be greater than the
6442 watchpoint address, and (3) a watchpoint with a length greater than
6443 four consumes all the watchpoint hardware resources. This means that
6444 at any one time, you can have enabled either two watchpoints with a
6445 length of four, or one watchpoint with a length greater than four.
6446
6447 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
6448 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6449
6450 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
6451 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
6452 @end deffn
6453
6454 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
6455 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
6456 @end deffn
6457
6458 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
6459 Displays information about the CPU caches.
6460 @end deffn
6461
6462 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
6463 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6464 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6465 @end deffn
6466
6467 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
6468 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
6469 @end deffn
6470
6471 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6472 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
6473 @end deffn
6474
6475 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
6476 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
6477 @end deffn
6478
6479 @deffn Command {xscale icache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6480 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
6481 @end deffn
6482
6483 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6484 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
6485 @end deffn
6486
6487 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} [@option{enable}|@option{disable} [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]]
6488 Displays the trace buffer status, after optionally
6489 enabling or disabling the trace buffer
6490 and modifying how it is emptied.
6491 @end deffn
6492
6493 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
6494 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
6495 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
6496 The image @var{type} may be one of
6497 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
6498 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
6499 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
6500 @end deffn
6501
6502 @anchor{xscale vector_catch}
6503 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
6504 @cindex vector_catch
6505 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
6506 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
6507
6508 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
6509 @example
6510 0x01 Trap Reset
6511 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
6512 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
6513 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
6514 0x10 Trap Data Abort
6515 0x20 reserved
6516 0x40 Trap IRQ
6517 0x80 Trap FIQ
6518 @end example
6519 @end deffn
6520
6521 @anchor{xscale vector_table}
6522 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [(@option{low}|@option{high}) index value]
6523 @cindex vector_table
6524
6525 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
6526 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
6527 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
6528 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
6529 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
6530
6531 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
6532
6533 @end deffn
6534
6535 @section ARMv6 Architecture
6536 @cindex ARMv6
6537
6538 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
6539 @cindex ARM11
6540
6541 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6542 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
6543 which is enabled by default.
6544 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6545 Burst writes are only used for memory writes larger than 1 word.
6546 They improve performance by assuming that the CPU has read each data
6547 word over JTAG and completed its write before the next word arrives,
6548 instead of polling for a status flag to verify that completion.
6549 This is usually safe, because JTAG runs much slower than the CPU.
6550 @end deffn
6551
6552 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6553 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
6554 which is enabled by default.
6555 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6556 When set, certain memory write errors cause earlier transfer termination.
6557 @end deffn
6558
6559 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6560 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
6561 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
6562 they are disabled by default.
6563 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that.
6564 @end deffn
6565
6566 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
6567 @cindex vector_catch
6568 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
6569 coprocessor 14 register 7.
6570 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6571
6572 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6573 for certain hardware events.
6574 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
6575 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
6576 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
6577 @end deffn
6578
6579 @section ARMv7 Architecture
6580 @cindex ARMv7
6581
6582 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
6583 @cindex Debug Access Port
6584 @cindex DAP
6585 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
6586 included on Cortex-M3 and Cortex-A8 systems.
6587 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
6588
6589 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
6590 Displays ID register from AP @var{num},
6591 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6592 @end deffn
6593
6594 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
6595 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
6596 @end deffn
6597
6598 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
6599 Displays debug base address from MEM-AP @var{num},
6600 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6601 @end deffn
6602
6603 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
6604 Displays the ROM table for MEM-AP @var{num},
6605 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6606 @end deffn
6607
6608 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
6609 Displays the number of extra tck cycles in the JTAG idle to use for MEM-AP
6610 memory bus access [0-255], giving additional time to respond to reads.
6611 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6612 @end deffn
6613
6614 @subsection Cortex-M3 specific commands
6615 @cindex Cortex-M3
6616
6617 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 maskisr} (@option{on}|@option{off})
6618 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
6619 @end deffn
6620
6621 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6622 @cindex vector_catch
6623 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6624 for certain hardware events.
6625
6626 Parameters request interception of
6627 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
6628 @option{none} of them,
6629 or one or more of the following:
6630 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
6631 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
6632 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
6633 @option{irq_err},
6634 @option{state_err},
6635 @option{chk_err}, or
6636 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
6637 @option{reset}.
6638 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
6639 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
6640 are mapped to HardFault.
6641 UsageFault checks for
6642 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
6643 must also be explicitly enabled.
6644
6645 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
6646 @end deffn
6647
6648 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 reset_config} (@option{srst}|@option{sysresetreq}|@option{vectreset})
6649 Control reset handling. The default @option{srst} is to use srst if fitted,
6650 otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
6651 @itemize @minus
6652 @item @option{srst} use hardware srst if fitted otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
6653 @item @option{sysresetreq} use NVIC SYSRESETREQ to reset system.
6654 @item @option{vectreset} use NVIC VECTRESET to reset system.
6655 @end itemize
6656 Using @option{vectreset} is a safe option for all current Cortex-M3 cores.
6657 This however has the disadvantage of only resetting the core, all peripherals
6658 are uneffected. A solution would be to use a @code{reset-init} event handler to manually reset
6659 the peripherals.
6660 @xref{Target Events}.
6661 @end deffn
6662
6663 @anchor{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}
6664 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
6665 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
6666 @cindex tracing
6667 @cindex libdcc
6668 @cindex DCC
6669 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
6670 the target uses appropriate libraries.
6671 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
6672 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
6673
6674 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
6675 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m3} cores.
6676 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
6677 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
6678 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
6679 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.
6680
6681 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
6682 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
6683 arrays of various size integers from the target,
6684 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
6685 The target being debugged may
6686 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
6687 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
6688 each supported by a command:
6689
6690 @itemize
6691 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
6692 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
6693 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
6694 finding out how some fault was triggered.
6695
6696 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
6697 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
6698 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
6699
6700 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
6701 and then displayed at any time.
6702 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
6703
6704 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
6705 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
6706 @end itemize
6707
6708 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
6709 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
6710 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
6711 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
6712 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
6713 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
6714 does the same thing.
6715
6716 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
6717 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
6718 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
6719 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
6720 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
6721
6722 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
6723 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
6724 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
6725 @end deffn
6726
6727 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
6728 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
6729 in the order they triggered.
6730 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
6731 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
6732 history records.
6733 @end deffn
6734
6735 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
6736 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
6737 they have been triggered.
6738 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
6739 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
6740 and associates it with that identifier.
6741
6742 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
6743 are not related except by this command.
6744 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
6745 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
6746 @end deffn
6747
6748
6749 @node JTAG Commands
6750 @chapter JTAG Commands
6751 @cindex JTAG Commands
6752 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
6753 (@xref{JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
6754 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
6755 may be needed to work with targets which require special
6756 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
6757
6758 To use these commands you will need to understand some
6759 of the basics of JTAG, including:
6760
6761 @itemize @bullet
6762 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
6763 devices such as a CPUs.
6764 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
6765 standard state machine (in parallel)
6766 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
6767 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
6768 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
6769 while the reading previous ones.
6770 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
6771 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
6772 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
6773 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
6774 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
6775 registers.
6776 @end itemize
6777
6778 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
6779
6780 These commands are used by developers who need to access
6781 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
6782 the order of TAP state transitions.
6783 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
6784 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
6785 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
6786 In a debug session that doesn't use JTAG for its transport protocol,
6787 these commands are not available.
6788
6789 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6790 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
6791 that specify the entire register.
6792 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
6793 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
6794 The return value holds the original value of each
6795 of those fields.
6796
6797 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
6798 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
6799 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
6800 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
6801 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
6802
6803 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
6804 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
6805
6806 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6807 in that state.
6808 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
6809 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6810 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6811
6812 @quotation Warning
6813 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
6814 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
6815 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
6816 data registers, which may have different lengths.
6817 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
6818 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
6819 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
6820 (by connecting a different scan chain).
6821 @end quotation
6822 @end deffn
6823
6824 @deffn Command {flush_count}
6825 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
6826 This may be used for performance tuning.
6827
6828 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
6829 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
6830 not change with the amount of data which is written.
6831 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
6832 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
6833 instead of batching them into larger operations.
6834 @end deffn
6835
6836 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6837 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
6838 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
6839 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
6840 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
6841 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
6842
6843 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6844 in that state.
6845 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
6846 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6847 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6848
6849 @quotation Note
6850 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
6851 register values, unlike data register values.
6852 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
6853 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
6854 @end quotation
6855 @end deffn
6856
6857 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
6858 Set values of reset signals.
6859 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
6860 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
6861 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
6862 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
6863 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
6864 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
6865 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
6866
6867 Note that TRST is specially handled.
6868 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
6869 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
6870 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
6871 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
6872 instead of the TRST signal.
6873 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
6874 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
6875 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
6876 with handlers for that event.
6877 @end deffn
6878
6879 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
6880 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
6881 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
6882 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
6883 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
6884 Then, in a series of single state transitions
6885 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
6886 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
6887 The final state must also be stable.
6888 @end deffn
6889
6890 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
6891 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
6892 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
6893 Instructions often need some time
6894 to execute before they take effect.
6895 @end deffn
6896
6897 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
6898 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
6899
6900 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6901 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
6902 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
6903 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
6904 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
6905 @end deffn
6906
6907 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6908 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
6909 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
6910 must also be enabled.
6911 Default is enabled.
6912 @end deffn
6913
6914 @section TAP state names
6915 @cindex TAP state names
6916
6917 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
6918 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
6919 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
6920 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
6921
6922 @itemize @bullet
6923 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
6924 acts as if TRST were pulsed
6925 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
6926 @item @b{DRSELECT}
6927 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
6928 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6929 through the data register
6930 @item @b{DREXIT1}
6931 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
6932 for update or more shifting
6933 @item @b{DREXIT2}
6934 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
6935 @item @b{IRSELECT}
6936 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
6937 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6938 through the instruction register
6939 @item @b{IREXIT1}
6940 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
6941 for update or more shifting
6942 @item @b{IREXIT2}
6943 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
6944 @end itemize
6945
6946 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
6947 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
6948 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
6949 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
6950
6951 @itemize @bullet
6952 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
6953 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
6954 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
6955 may not be as expected.
6956 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
6957 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
6958 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
6959 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
6960 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
6961 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
6962 @end itemize
6963
6964 @node Boundary Scan Commands
6965 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
6966
6967 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
6968 boundary scan based hardware testing.
6969 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
6970 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
6971
6972 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
6973 @cindex Serial Vector Format
6974 @cindex SVF
6975
6976 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
6977 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
6978 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
6979 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
6980
6981 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
6982 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
6983 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
6984 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
6985 each command is logged before it is executed.
6986 @end deffn
6987
6988 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
6989 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
6990 @cindex XSVF
6991
6992 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
6993 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
6994 Xilinx devices.
6995 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
6996 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
6997
6998 @quotation Important
6999 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
7000 @end quotation
7001
7002 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
7003 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7004 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
7005 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
7006 that TAP.
7007 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
7008 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
7009 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7010 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
7011 @end deffn
7012
7013 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
7014 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
7015 after building the software.
7016 You may find them useful:
7017
7018 @itemize
7019 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
7020 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
7021 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
7022 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
7023 @end itemize
7024
7025 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
7026 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
7027 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
7028 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
7029 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
7030 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
7031 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
7032
7033
7034 @node TFTP
7035 @chapter TFTP
7036 @cindex TFTP
7037 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
7038 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
7039
7040 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
7041 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
7042 server (tftpd). For example,
7043
7044 @example
7045 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
7046 @end example
7047
7048 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
7049 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
7050
7051 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
7052 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
7053 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
7054 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
7055
7056 @node GDB and OpenOCD
7057 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
7058 @cindex GDB
7059 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
7060 to debug remote targets.
7061 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
7062
7063 @itemize
7064 @item The OpenOCD server support for GDB may need to be configured.
7065 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
7066 @item GDB's support for OpenOCD may need configuration,
7067 as shown in this chapter.
7068 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
7069 that also will probably need to be configured.
7070 @end itemize
7071
7072 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
7073 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
7074 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
7075 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
7076 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
7077 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
7078
7079 @anchor{Connecting to GDB}
7080 @section Connecting to GDB
7081 @cindex Connecting to GDB
7082 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
7083 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
7084 errors, which has since been fixed; see
7085 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
7086
7087 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
7088
7089 @enumerate
7090 @item
7091 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
7092 @example
7093 target remote localhost:3333
7094 @end example
7095 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
7096 @item
7097 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
7098 @example
7099 target remote | openocd -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log"
7100 @end example
7101 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
7102 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
7103 session. log_output sends the log output to a file to ensure that the pipe is
7104 not saturated when using higher debug level outputs.
7105 @end enumerate
7106
7107 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
7108 GDB command line.
7109
7110 @section Sample GDB session startup
7111
7112 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
7113 than they do when you're debugging locally.
7114 Here's an examples showing how to start a debug session with a
7115 small ARM program.
7116 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
7117 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
7118
7119 @example
7120 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
7121 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
7122 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
7123 ...
7124 (gdb) monitor reset halt
7125 ...
7126 (gdb) load
7127 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
7128 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
7129 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
7130 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
7131 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
7132 (gdb) continue
7133 Continuing.
7134 ...
7135 @end example
7136
7137 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
7138 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
7139 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
7140 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
7141
7142 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
7143
7144 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
7145 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
7146 packet size and the device's memory map.
7147 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
7148 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
7149 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
7150
7151 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
7152 You may need to set those up by hand.
7153 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
7154 something like:
7155
7156 @example
7157 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
7158 @end example
7159
7160 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
7161
7162 @example
7163 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
7164 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
7165 @end example
7166
7167 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
7168 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
7169 do not have such restrictions.
7170
7171 Another example of useful GDB configuration came from a user who
7172 found that single stepping his Cortex-M3 didn't work well with IRQs
7173 and an RTOS until he told GDB to disable the IRQs while stepping:
7174
7175 @example
7176 define hook-step
7177 mon cortex_m3 maskisr on
7178 end
7179 define hookpost-step
7180 mon cortex_m3 maskisr off
7181 end
7182 @end example
7183
7184 Rather than typing such commands interactively, you may prefer to
7185 save them in a file and have GDB execute them as it starts, perhaps
7186 using a @file{.gdbinit} in your project directory or starting GDB
7187 using @command{gdb -x filename}.
7188
7189 @section Programming using GDB
7190 @cindex Programming using GDB
7191
7192 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
7193 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
7194 @example
7195 gdb_memory_map disable
7196 @end example
7197 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
7198 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
7199 working area.
7200
7201 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
7202 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
7203 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
7204 using a memory map. @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
7205
7206 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
7207 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
7208
7209 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
7210 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
7211 @example
7212 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
7213 @end example
7214
7215 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
7216 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
7217
7218 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
7219 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
7220 will be used.
7221
7222 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
7223 script can be executed:
7224 @example
7225 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
7226 @end example
7227
7228 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
7229 can be used.
7230
7231 @node Tcl Scripting API
7232 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
7233 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
7234 @cindex Tcl scripts
7235 @section API rules
7236
7237 The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
7238 of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
7239 information as an argument to each proc.
7240
7241 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
7242 pair list and lists.
7243
7244 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
7245 list.
7246
7247 @verbatim
7248
7249 > set foo(me) Duane
7250 > set foo(you) Oyvind
7251 > set foo(mouse) Micky
7252 > set foo(duck) Donald
7253
7254 If one does this:
7255
7256 > set foo
7257
7258 The result is:
7259
7260 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
7261
7262 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
7263
7264 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
7265 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
7266 }
7267 @end verbatim
7268
7269 Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
7270 should be passed in to the proc in question.
7271
7272 @section Internal low-level Commands
7273
7274 By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
7275
7276 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
7277 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
7278 is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
7279
7280 @itemize @bullet
7281 @item @b{mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7282
7283 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
7284 @item @b{array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7285
7286 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
7287 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
7288
7289 Return information about the flash banks
7290 @end itemize
7291
7292 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
7293 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
7294 called "flash_banks".
7295
7296 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
7297
7298 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
7299 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
7300 holds one of the following values:
7301
7302 @itemize @bullet
7303 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
7304 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (Mac-OS) is the underlying operating sytem.
7305 @item @b{freebsd} Running under FreeBSD
7306 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
7307 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
7308 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
7309 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
7310 @end itemize
7311
7312 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
7313
7314 @quotation Note
7315 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
7316 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
7317 @code{jim_platform} (because it
7318 is jim, not real tcl).
7319 @end quotation
7320
7321 @node FAQ
7322 @chapter FAQ
7323 @cindex faq
7324 @enumerate
7325 @anchor{FAQ RTCK}
7326 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
7327 @cindex RTCK
7328 @cindex adaptive clocking
7329 @*
7330
7331 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
7332 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
7333 operating at some speed, your CPU target is operating at another.
7334 The two clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
7335
7336 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised
7337 well enough to work; JTAG can't go ten times faster than the CPU,
7338 for example. There are 2 basic options:
7339 @enumerate
7340 @item
7341 Use a special "adaptive clocking" circuit to change the JTAG
7342 clock rate to match what the CPU currently supports.
7343 @item
7344 The JTAG clock must be fixed at some speed that's enough slower than
7345 the CPU clock that all TMS and TDI transitions can be detected.
7346 @end enumerate
7347
7348 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
7349 is a non-issue, like a 500MHz ARM926 with a 5 MHz JTAG link;
7350 the CPU has no difficulty keeping up with JTAG.
7351 Startup sequences are often problematic though, as are other
7352 situations where the CPU clock rate changes (perhaps to save
7353 power).
7354
7355 For example, Atmel AT91SAM chips start operation from reset with
7356 a 32kHz system clock. Boot firmware may activate the main oscillator
7357 and PLL before switching to a faster clock (perhaps that 500 MHz
7358 ARM926 scenario).
7359 If you're using JTAG to debug that startup sequence, you must slow
7360 the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to 4kHz. After startup completes,
7361 JTAG can use a faster clock.
7362
7363 Consider also debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered
7364 device that enters a low power ``deep sleep'' mode, at 32kHz CPU
7365 clock, between keystrokes unless it has work to do. When would
7366 that 5 MHz JTAG clock be usable?
7367
7368 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
7369
7370 In order to make use of this,
7371 your CPU, board, and JTAG adapter must all support the RTCK
7372 feature. Not all of them support this; keep reading!
7373
7374 The RTCK ("Return TCK") signal in some ARM chips is used to help with
7375 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
7376 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
7377 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
7378 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
7379
7380 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
7381 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
7382 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
7383 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
7384
7385 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
7386 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
7387 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
7388 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
7389 with a CPLD.
7390 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
7391 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
7392 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
7393 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
7394 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
7395 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
7396
7397 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
7398
7399 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
7400
7401 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
7402 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
7403 depending on the chips on your board.
7404 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
7405 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
7406 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
7407
7408 Note: most full speed FT2232 based JTAG adapters are limited to a
7409 maximum of 6MHz. The ones using USB high speed chips (FT2232H)
7410 often support faster clock rates (and adaptive clocking).
7411
7412 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
7413 either use a fixed and very slow JTAG clock rate ... or else
7414 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. (Adjusting is painful
7415 and tedious, and is not always practical.)
7416
7417 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
7418 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
7419 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
7420 this way.
7421
7422 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
7423 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
7424 clock rate.
7425 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
7426 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
7427 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
7428
7429 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
7430
7431 @example
7432 # Example: 1.234MHz
7433 adapter_khz 1234
7434 @end example
7435
7436
7437 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
7438
7439 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
7440 around Windows filenames.
7441
7442 @example
7443 > echo \a
7444
7445 > echo @{\a@}
7446 \a
7447 > echo "\a"
7448
7449 >
7450 @end example
7451
7452
7453 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
7454
7455 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
7456 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
7457 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
7458
7459 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
7460 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
7461 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
7462
7463 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
7464 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
7465 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
7466
7467 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
7468
7469 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
7470 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
7471 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
7472 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
7473
7474 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
7475 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
7476 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
7477
7478 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
7479 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
7480
7481 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
7482 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
7483 memory read caused data abort".
7484
7485 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
7486 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
7487 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
7488 be done, feel free to add this here.
7489
7490 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
7491 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
7492 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
7493 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
7494 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
7495 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
7496 gracefully stops.
7497
7498 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
7499 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
7500 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
7501
7502 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
7503 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
7504 bytes. Painful...
7505
7506
7507 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
7508 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
7509
7510 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
7511 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
7512 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
7513 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
7514 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
7515 reset, everything else should work fine.
7516
7517 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
7518 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
7519 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
7520 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
7521
7522 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
7523 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
7524 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
7525 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
7526
7527 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
7528
7529 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
7530 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
7531 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
7532 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7533
7534 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
7535 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
7536 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
7537 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
7538
7539 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
7540 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
7541 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7542
7543 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
7544 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
7545
7546 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
7547 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
7548 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000
7549 0x0 0x40000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
7550 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
7551 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
7552 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
7553 clock frequency?
7554
7555 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
7556 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
7557 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
7558 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
7559 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
7560
7561 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
7562
7563 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
7564 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
7565 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
7566 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
7567 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
7568 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
7569 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
7570
7571 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
7572
7573 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
7574 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
7575 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
7576 up DRAM and loading it with code.
7577
7578 @anchor{FAQ TAP Order}
7579 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
7580 particular order?
7581
7582 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
7583 the same order used by the hardware.
7584
7585 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
7586 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
7587 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
7588 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
7589 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
7590 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
7591
7592 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
7593 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
7594 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
7595 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
7596
7597 @itemize @bullet
7598 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
7599 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
7600 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
7601 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
7602 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
7603 @end itemize
7604
7605 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
7606
7607 @itemize @bullet
7608 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
7609 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
7610 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
7611 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
7612 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
7613 @end itemize
7614
7615
7616 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
7617 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
7618 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
7619
7620 TODO.
7621
7622 @end enumerate
7623
7624 @node Tcl Crash Course
7625 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
7626 @cindex Tcl
7627
7628 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
7629 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
7630 how the Tcl scripts work.
7631
7632 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
7633 who need to understand a bit more of how JIM-Tcl works so they can do
7634 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
7635 OpenOCD.
7636
7637 @section Tcl Rule #1
7638 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
7639 @enumerate
7640 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
7641 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7642 @end enumerate
7643
7644 The Tcl equal is this:
7645
7646 @enumerate
7647 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
7648 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7649 @end enumerate
7650
7651 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
7652 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
7653
7654 @section Tcl Rule #1b
7655 There is a second pair of rules.
7656 @enumerate
7657 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
7658 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
7659 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
7660 in Tcl.
7661 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7662 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
7663 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
7664 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
7665 @end enumerate
7666
7667 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
7668 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
7669 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
7670 Everything is a string}
7671
7672 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
7673 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
7674 difference is subtle.
7675 @enumerate
7676 @item Parse Time
7677 @item Evaluation Time
7678 @end enumerate
7679
7680 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
7681 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
7682 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
7683
7684 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
7685 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
7686 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
7687 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
7688
7689 @itemize @bullet
7690 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
7691 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
7692 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
7693 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
7694 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
7695 @example
7696 # bash example
7697 X=`date`
7698 echo "The Date is: $X"
7699 # Tcl example
7700 set X [date]
7701 puts "The Date is: $X"
7702 @end example
7703 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
7704 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
7705 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
7706 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
7707 is a string}
7708 @example
7709 set x "Dinner"
7710 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
7711 @end example
7712 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
7713 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
7714 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
7715 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
7716 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
7717 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
7718 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
7719 @end itemize
7720
7721 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
7722
7723 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
7724
7725 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
7726
7727 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
7728 the normal way.
7729
7730 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
7731 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
7732 line is immedatly executed.
7733
7734 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
7735 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
7736
7737 @subsection Command Execution
7738
7739 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
7740 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
7741 control flow operators.
7742
7743 Commands are executed like this:
7744
7745 @enumerate
7746 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
7747 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
7748 @item Repeat until End Of File.
7749 @end enumerate
7750
7751 It sort of works like this:
7752 @example
7753 for(;;)@{
7754 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
7755
7756 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
7757
7758 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
7759 @}
7760 @end example
7761
7762 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
7763 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
7764 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
7765 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
7766 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
7767 ``LookupCommand()''
7768
7769 @subsection The FOR command
7770
7771 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
7772 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
7773 command just like any other command.
7774
7775 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
7776 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
7777 are:
7778
7779 @enumerate 0
7780 @item The ascii text 'for'
7781 @item The start text
7782 @item The test expression
7783 @item The next text
7784 @item The body text
7785 @end enumerate
7786
7787 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
7788 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
7789 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
7790 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
7791
7792 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
7793 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
7794
7795 @example
7796 int
7797 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
7798 int *argc,
7799 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
7800 @end example
7801
7802 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
7803 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
7804 still operates in the same basic way.
7805
7806 @subsection FOR command implementation
7807
7808 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
7809 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
7810
7811 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
7812
7813 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
7814
7815 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
7816 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
7817 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
7818
7819 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
7820 expression and returns a value.
7821
7822 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
7823 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
7824 @example
7825 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
7826
7827 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
7828
7829 int
7830 MyForCommand( void *interp,
7831 int argc,
7832 char **argv )
7833 @{
7834 if( argc != 5 )@{
7835 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
7836 return ERROR;
7837 @}
7838
7839 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
7840
7841 // Execute the start statement.
7842 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
7843
7844 // Top of loop test
7845 for(;;)@{
7846 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
7847 if( i == 0 )
7848 break;
7849
7850 // Execute the body
7851 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
7852
7853 // Execute the LOOP part
7854 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
7855 @}
7856
7857 // Return no error
7858 SetResult( interp, "" );
7859 return SUCCESS;
7860 @}
7861 @end example
7862
7863 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
7864 in the same basic way.
7865
7866 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
7867
7868 @subsection source and find commands
7869 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
7870 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
7871 @*Remember the parsing rules
7872 @enumerate
7873 @item The @command{find} command is in square brackets,
7874 and is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should find and return
7875 the full path to a file with that name; it uses an internal search path.
7876 The RESULT is a string, which is substituted into the command line in
7877 place of the bracketed @command{find} command.
7878 (Don't try to use a FILENAME which includes the "#" character.
7879 That character begins Tcl comments.)
7880 @item The @command{source} command is executed with the resulting filename;
7881 it reads a file and executes as a script.
7882 @end enumerate
7883 @subsection format command
7884 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
7885 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
7886 @b{sprintf()}.
7887 @b{Example}
7888 @example
7889 set x 6
7890 set y 7
7891 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
7892 @end example
7893 @enumerate
7894 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
7895 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
7896 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
7897 @* Refer to Rule #1
7898 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
7899 @* Refer to Rule #1.
7900 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
7901 @end enumerate
7902 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
7903 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
7904 @example
7905 #1 Good
7906 proc someproc @{@} @{
7907 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
7908 @}
7909 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
7910 #2 Good - no variables
7911 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
7912 #3 Good Curly Braces
7913 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
7914 puts "Time: [date]"
7915 @}
7916 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
7917 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
7918 @end example
7919 @enumerate
7920 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
7921 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
7922 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
7923 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
7924 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
7925 command.
7926 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
7927 @*There are 4 examples:
7928 @enumerate
7929 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
7930 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
7931 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
7932 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
7933 @end enumerate
7934
7935 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
7936 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
7937 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
7938
7939 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
7940 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
7941 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
7942 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
7943 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
7944 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
7945 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
7946 @end enumerate
7947 @subsection Global Variables
7948 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
7949 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
7950 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
7951 @example
7952 proc myproc @{ @} @{
7953 set y 0 #Local variable Y
7954 global x #Global variable X
7955 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
7956 @}
7957 @end example
7958 @section Other Tcl Hacks
7959 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
7960 @example
7961 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
7962 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
7963 # Create var name
7964 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
7965 # Make it a global
7966 global $vn
7967 # Set it.
7968 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
7969 @}
7970 @end example
7971 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
7972 @example
7973 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
7974 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
7975 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
7976 @}
7977 @end example
7978
7979 @include fdl.texi
7980
7981 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
7982 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
7983 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
7984 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
7985 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
7986 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
7987
7988 @printindex cp
7989
7990 @node Command and Driver Index
7991 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
7992 @printindex fn
7993
7994 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)